<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><?xml-stylesheet href="http://www.blogger.com/styles/atom.css" type="text/css"?><feed xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom' xmlns:openSearch='http://a9.com/-/spec/opensearchrss/1.0/' xmlns:georss='http://www.georss.org/georss' xmlns:gd='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005' xmlns:thr='http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0'><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8463986523746430165</id><updated>2012-04-15T15:17:31.300-07:00</updated><category term='Adobe Illustrator'/><category term='Maya'/><category term='Adobe Flash'/><category term='Cinema 4D'/><category term='Adobe Photoshop'/><category term='3DS Max'/><title type='text'>Ymax Tutorials</title><subtitle type='html'>Leading multimedia software's tutorials.</subtitle><link rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#feed' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/feeds/posts/default'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/'/><link rel='hub' href='http://pubsubhubbub.appspot.com/'/><link rel='next' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default?start-index=26&amp;max-results=25'/><author><name>Samuel</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00753985073471833813</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='28' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-5czIG5sgr2U/T4tG4OrAeMI/AAAAAAAAAVY/B7lEHgzUrs0/s220/for%2Btweet.JPG'/></author><generator version='7.00' uri='http://www.blogger.com'>Blogger</generator><openSearch:totalResults>50</openSearch:totalResults><openSearch:startIndex>1</openSearch:startIndex><openSearch:itemsPerPage>25</openSearch:itemsPerPage><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8463986523746430165.post-9021189319592304751</id><published>2009-09-27T01:19:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-09-27T01:21:03.223-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Adobe Photoshop'/><title type='text'>Design a Vibrant Blackberry Inspired Ad in Photoshop</title><content type='html'>&lt;h2&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;Design a Vibrant Blackberry Inspired Ad in Photoshop&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/blackberry-ad/header.jpg" alt="Design a Vibrant Blackberry Inspired Ad in Photoshop" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The Blackberry Loves U2 TV promo features some awesome, bright and vibrant lighting effects. Let’s take a look at recreating the style to produce a Blackberry inspired design of our own.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span id="more-2375"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://na.blackberry.com/eng/u2/"&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/blackberry-ad/u2ad-0.jpg" alt="Blackberry loves U2 advert" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/blackberry-ad/u2ad-1.jpg" alt="Blackberry loves U2 advert" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/blackberry-ad/u2ad-2.jpg" alt="Blackberry loves U2 advert" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Much like the old &lt;a href="http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=19tXpRRGeUg"&gt;Apple/Coldplay advertisement&lt;/a&gt;, the new &lt;a href="http://na.blackberry.com/eng/u2/"&gt;Blackberry Loves U2&lt;/a&gt; promo features some stunning visual effects, showing the range of light particles and colours flaring from the background.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/blackberry-ad/Picture-28-lg.jpg"&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/blackberry-ad/Picture-28.jpg" alt="Blackberry inspired ad design" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Looks pretty cool huh?! Let’s take a look at recreating the style in Photoshop, starting with a couple of stock photographs and spicing them up with some Photoshop touches.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/blackberry-ad/Picture-2.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Open up Photoshop and create a new document. Enter dimensions of your own preference. Here I’m using 2000×1200px. Set the mode to RGB to allow for vibrant colours, and fill the background with pure black.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/blackberry-ad/Picture-3.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Find a stock photo of a &lt;a href="http://www.shutterstock.com/pic-24790168/stock-photo-detailed-blue-smoke.html"&gt;smoke texture&lt;/a&gt;, desaturate (CMD+U) to remove any colour. Paste the smoke into the background of the document to give a subtle texture. Reduce the opacity right down to 13%. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/blackberry-ad/Picture-4.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Next, find a stock &lt;a href="http://www.shutterstock.com/pic-13002022/stock-photo-music-performer-solated-on-black-background.html"&gt;photo of a singer&lt;/a&gt;. This particular image is &lt;a href="http://www.shutterstock.com/pic-13002022/stock-photo-music-performer-solated-on-black-background.html"&gt;courtesy of ShutterStock&lt;/a&gt;. Open up the image and adjust the Levels, this image has a dark blue cast, so adjusting the black point helps correct this.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/blackberry-ad/Picture-5.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Paste and position the singer into the document. Using a simple rule of thirds approach gives a nice, structured composition.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/blackberry-ad/Picture-8.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Select a large, soft brush, then dab a few spots of bright colours on three individual layers. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/blackberry-ad/Picture-9.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Change each layer to Overlay. Adjusting this blending mode adds a coloured cast that reacts with the underlying tones of the singer and smoke texture layers.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/blackberry-ad/Picture-10.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;With all three colour spots changed to Overlay, it adds various hints of colour to the image. Next, dab a slightly darker spot of blue as the base of the light source.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/blackberry-ad/Picture-11.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Continue adding a couple more spots of colour. Referring to the original ad, there are hints of turquoise and red. Mimic these in your Photoshop design. Change the blending modes to Overlay to give the casts of colour.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/blackberry-ad/Picture-12.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Dab a smaller spot of white to the centre of the light source. The colour should blend from a large dark blue, through to a medium sized turquoise, followed by the smaller spot of pure white.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/blackberry-ad/Picture-13.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Place a couple more spots of white to disguise the circular shape of the brush marks.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/blackberry-ad/Picture-14.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;No lighting effect is complete without a good old lens flare. Fill a new layer with black, then go to Filter &gt; Render &gt; Lens Flare. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/blackberry-ad/Picture-15.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Scale and position the lens flare so that it radiates out from the light source. Change the blending mode to Screen to hide the black background and reduce the opacity to suit.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/blackberry-ad/Picture-16.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Draw a few concentric circles, each filled with a vibrant colour. Add a large Gaussian Blur of around 30px.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/blackberry-ad/Picture-17.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Change the blending mode of the circles to Pin Light, then position them over the light source to give a hint of green and orange against the blues. Reduce the opacity to tone down the effect.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/blackberry-ad/Picture-18.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Next, generate a particles brush by adjusting various settings in the Brushes palette. Turn the &lt;strong&gt;Hardness&lt;/strong&gt; to around &lt;strong&gt;50%&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;Spacing&lt;/strong&gt; right up to &lt;strong&gt;1000%&lt;/strong&gt; in the first section. Under Shape Dynamics, enter &lt;strong&gt;100% Size Jitter&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;0% Minimum Diameter&lt;/strong&gt;. Under Scattering, enter &lt;strong&gt;1000% Scatter&lt;/strong&gt; with a Control of &lt;strong&gt;Pen Pressure&lt;/strong&gt; (which is super handy if you have a Pen Tablet).&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/blackberry-ad/Picture-21.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Draw a range of large white particles onto the document, letting Photoshop take care of the slight size variations. Add a Radial Blur in Zoom mode to give the impression of movement. Change the blending mode to Overlay.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/blackberry-ad/Picture-22.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Reduce the brush size slightly and continue to paint in another collection of light particles. This time change the blending mode to Soft Light and reduce to 50%.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/blackberry-ad/Picture-23.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Draw in a third and final collection of particles, this time smaller in size. Leave these as pure white. Go through and add a layer mask to the three particle layers, then with a brush at 50% opacity, dab over the particles to reduce their prominence and to give variation in strength.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/blackberry-ad/Picture-24.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;On a new layer, paint over some of the particles with yellow. Change the blending mode to Overlay and reduce the opacity to give a coloured tint to selected spots, much like the original ad.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/blackberry-ad/Picture-25.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;The design is looking good so far! We’re just about done, but let’s take a look at a couple of finishing touches.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/blackberry-ad/Picture-26.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Select the whole document (CMD+A), then Copy Merged (CMD+Shift+C). Paste the duplicate on top of the layer stack, then add a Gradient Map (Image &gt; Adjustments &gt; Gradient Map) to convert to black and white.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/blackberry-ad/Picture-27.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Change this black and white layer to Luminosity, then reduce the opacity to suit. This simply adds a little contrast to the colours, darkening the darks and lightening the lights.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/blackberry-ad/Picture-28.jpg" alt="Blackberry inspired ad design" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Add in your logo or tagline and you’re done! The final graphic boasts plenty of the effects that made the Blackberry Loves U2 advert so awesome, the colour casts, vibrant light source and flying light particles all add to make a cool design.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8463986523746430165-9021189319592304751?l=samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/feeds/9021189319592304751/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/design-vibrant-blackberry-inspired-ad.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/9021189319592304751'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/9021189319592304751'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/design-vibrant-blackberry-inspired-ad.html' title='Design a Vibrant Blackberry Inspired Ad in Photoshop'/><author><name>Samuel</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00753985073471833813</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='28' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-5czIG5sgr2U/T4tG4OrAeMI/AAAAAAAAAVY/B7lEHgzUrs0/s220/for%2Btweet.JPG'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8463986523746430165.post-1841764718898890120</id><published>2009-09-27T01:18:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-09-27T01:19:09.554-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Adobe Illustrator'/><title type='text'>Beginner Illustrator Tutorial – Create a Vector RSS Icon</title><content type='html'>&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/rss-icon/Picture-16.png" alt="Vector RSS Icon" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Adobe Illustrator is a vector graphics application, so it doesn’t matter what size the icon is created at. We can simply select all the objects and scale them up to the size of King Kong, or likewise scale them down to the desired size. Unlike Photoshop, all our lines and shapes will keep their crisp lines and colours because they’re made of mathematical calculations rather than good old pixels.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/rss-icon/Picture-1.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Open up Illustrator and create a new document. Click and hold the mouse over the Rectangle tool to select the Rounded Rectangle option hiding underneath. Draw your shape on the artboard while holding Shift, use the arrow cursor keys to adjust the roundness of the corners while dragging.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/rss-icon/Picture-2.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Another difference between Illustrator and Photoshop is the options sat at the bottom of the main tool palette. In Photoshop, I’m sure you’re familiar with the foreground and background swatches – In Illustrator this is replaced with the fill colour and stroke colour. Click the stroke option and clear off any defaults, then bring the fill into focus. Over in the Gradient Panel, add an orange fill that varies from dark to light vertically across the shape.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/rss-icon/Picture-3.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;With the shape selected, go Object &gt; Path &gt; Offset Path. Enter -1mm in the options. Grab the corner of the new shape and rotate to 180 degrees so the gradients flow in opposite directions.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/rss-icon/Picture-4.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Grab the circle tool and draw a shape elsewhere on the artboard. Clear out any fill, and add a thick 16pt black stroke.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/rss-icon/Picture-5.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;With the Direct Selection Tool (White Arrow), select only the left and bottom points of the circle. Hit delete on the keyboard to trim the circle down to a quarter.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/rss-icon/Picture-6.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Copy (CMD+C) the quarter circle and paste in front (CMD+F). Scale it down while holding the shift key to keep everything tight. Tip: Check the &lt;a href="http://www.blog.spoongraphics.co.uk/tutorials/illustrator-quickfix-%E2%80%93-strokes-not-scaling-properly"&gt;Scale Strokes and Effects option&lt;/a&gt; in the preferences and alter to your personal liking.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/rss-icon/Picture-7.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Adjust the stroke weight to match the 16pt of the original.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/rss-icon/Picture-8.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Press CMD+R to show the rulers, then drag a couple of guides out in alignment with the quarter circles. Using the intersection as a source, draw a small circle to finish off the traditional RSS shape.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/rss-icon/Picture-9.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Our two quarter circles are currently set as stroked paths, but we can quickly convert them to complete shapes by heading to Object &gt; Expand, then selecting just the Stroke option.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/rss-icon/Picture-10.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;With the three objects selected, add a grey-white gradient fill running vertically, and a 1pt light grey stroke.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/rss-icon/Picture-11.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Press CMD-G to Group the objects together, then scale and position them into place in the overall orange container.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/rss-icon/Picture-12.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Select the inner rectangle from the orange box, Copy (CMD-C) and Paste in Front (CMD-F). Fill it with white. One tip to remember is unlike Photoshop, Illustrator can hold multiple items in just one layer, each stackable on top of each other.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/rss-icon/Picture-13.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Draw a large, flat oval over the entire graphic. Pay close attention to how the bottom curve overlaps the white rectangle. With the oval and rectangle selection, click the Intersect Shape Area option in the Pathfinder palette.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/rss-icon/Picture-14.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Reduce the Opacity of this new shape down to around 15%, giving a sleek shine to the icon.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/rss-icon/Picture-15.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Finish off the graphic with a couple of specular hightlights in the form of circles. Use 15% opacity again to maintain a subtle appearance.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/rss-icon/Picture-16.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;There we go, a simple vector RSS icon using some simple steps, but covering some of Illustrator’s powerful tools.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8463986523746430165-1841764718898890120?l=samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/feeds/1841764718898890120/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/beginner-illustrator-tutorial-create.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/1841764718898890120'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/1841764718898890120'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/beginner-illustrator-tutorial-create.html' title='Beginner Illustrator Tutorial – Create a Vector RSS Icon'/><author><name>Samuel</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00753985073471833813</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='28' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-5czIG5sgr2U/T4tG4OrAeMI/AAAAAAAAAVY/B7lEHgzUrs0/s220/for%2Btweet.JPG'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8463986523746430165.post-6122155957031804910</id><published>2009-09-27T01:05:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-09-27T01:11:47.412-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Adobe Photoshop'/><title type='text'>80’s Style Design Using Photoshop</title><content type='html'>&lt;p&gt;The 80’s have always had an iconic impact on Pop Culture. I have been seeing a lot of 80’s inspired designs on the internet, but never found a tutorial. So, here’s a simple tutorial inspired by the 80’s. This is just a basic design to get you started, and Adobe Photoshop is all that’s required (and very few stock images). And of course, a lot of modifications can be done with this technique.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Final Preview:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-6290" title="Leave" src="http://www.gomediazine.com/wp-content/images/2009/07/Leave.jpg" alt="Leave 80’s Style Design Using Photoshop" height="337" width="540" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Part 1: Creating The Main Text&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;￼Taking a canvas size of 1900 X 1200. Of course you could pick any size according to your preference, but make sure the resolution is decent enough.￼&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-6291" title="1" src="http://www.gomediazine.com/wp-content/images/2009/07/11.jpg" alt="11 80’s Style Design Using Photoshop" height="282" width="501" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Fill the background layer BLACK.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-6292" title="2" src="http://www.gomediazine.com/wp-content/images/2009/07/210.jpg" alt="210 80’s Style Design Using Photoshop" height="330" width="540" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;With the Text Tool type whatever you want the text to be. I chose “Leave, but don’t leave me”, from a Pink Floyd song. “But don’t leave me” is coming later. Right now we’ll work on “Leave”. The font I have used is Futura Heavy.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-6293" title="3" src="http://www.gomediazine.com/wp-content/images/2009/07/310.jpg" alt="310 80’s Style Design Using Photoshop" height="330" width="540" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Right-click on the text layer, go to Blending Options to create Layer styles.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;On the Layer style box, go to Gradient Overlay, tick it.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;On the Gradient Overlay, we open the Gradient editor and make the New Custom Gradient as above. I have chosen shades of black, white and grey so that we can easily modify the colors later.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-6294" title="4" src="http://www.gomediazine.com/wp-content/images/2009/07/410.jpg" alt="410 80’s Style Design Using Photoshop" height="330" width="540" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Then apply Stroke, and in the fill type, set it to Gradient, and choose the simple Black to White Gradient preset.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-6295" title="5" src="http://www.gomediazine.com/wp-content/images/2009/07/57.jpg" alt="57 80’s Style Design Using Photoshop" height="330" width="540" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Next, make a new layer above the text layer, name it Gradient 1 (or anything you please). Fill it with a gradient. I used real bright colors, in honor of the 80’s.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-6296" title="6" src="http://www.gomediazine.com/wp-content/images/2009/07/61.jpg" alt="61 80’s Style Design Using Photoshop" height="330" width="540" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;The ‘Gradient 1′ layer is set to Soft Light mode, with an opacity of 72% (you can experiment with the modes, and opacity).&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-6297" title="7" src="http://www.gomediazine.com/wp-content/images/2009/07/71.jpg" alt="71 80’s Style Design Using Photoshop" height="330" width="540" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;The above image shows you are current progress. We are beginning to have the 80’s looks to it.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Part 2: The Background&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-6298" title="8" src="http://www.gomediazine.com/wp-content/images/2009/07/81.jpg" alt="81 80’s Style Design Using Photoshop" height="500" width="540" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Next we are going to add a nice texture to the image. I have used a paper texture. You can find it &lt;a href="http://www.bashcorpo.dk/textures.php?lang=2"&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Select all (Ctrl/Cmd+A), copy the texture (Ctrl/Cmd+C) and paste it (Ctrl/Cmd+V) on your work.￼ The Blend Mode is ‘Vivid Light’, and you can see we already have a great effect going.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-6299" title="9" src="http://www.gomediazine.com/wp-content/images/2009/07/91.jpg" alt="91 80’s Style Design Using Photoshop" height="500" width="540" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now it’s time to create a new brush to get a cloud effect; open up the Brush Engine, and use the following settings:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-6300" title="10" src="http://www.gomediazine.com/wp-content/images/2009/07/101.jpg" alt="101 80’s Style Design Using Photoshop" height="2236" width="376" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;It’s a very useful brush, and can be used to make clouds in other work as well.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now make a new layer “Clouds”, and paint with the brush you just created. Add a bit of Inner Shadow, to add more depth to the clouds.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-6301" title="11" src="http://www.gomediazine.com/wp-content/images/2009/07/111.jpg" alt="111 80’s Style Design Using Photoshop" height="746" width="540" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now change the order of layers, bring the ‘Clouds’ layer just above the Background. Also, the opacity of the ‘Clouds’ layer is Changed to 56%.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-6302" title="12" src="http://www.gomediazine.com/wp-content/images/2009/07/12.jpg" alt="12 80’s Style Design Using Photoshop" height="490" width="540" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now Ctrl/Cmd+Click the ‘Leave’ (Text) Layer, which selects the region of the text, and then go to the ‘Gradient 1′ layer and add a layer mask. This masks of the gradient from the rest of the image and leaves it on the Text.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-6303" title="13" src="http://www.gomediazine.com/wp-content/images/2009/07/131.jpg" alt="131 80’s Style Design Using Photoshop" height="615" width="540" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Then we create a New Layer, Name it ‘Clouds 1′, Above the ‘Clouds’ layer. Make sure your foreground and background colors are Black &amp;amp; White, Go to Filter -&gt; Render -&gt; Clouds.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-6304" title="14" src="http://www.gomediazine.com/wp-content/images/2009/07/141.jpg" alt="141 80’s Style Design Using Photoshop" height="318" width="540" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Keep the overlay mode as Vivid Light. Then in the Blending mode, add a Gradient Overlay, and use the following 2 colors for the gradient: #00fff0 and #e303bb.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-6305" title="15" src="http://www.gomediazine.com/wp-content/images/2009/07/151.jpg" alt="151 80’s Style Design Using Photoshop" height="318" width="540" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Next we will add some stars to the background.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;We now make a new layer above the ‘Cloud 1′ layer and fill it with Black. Then we go to Filter -&gt; Noise -&gt; Add Noise. Use Gaussian, Monochromatic, 10 % amount. There are various ways of making a star filled sky, this is the one I chose.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-6306" title="16" src="http://www.gomediazine.com/wp-content/images/2009/07/161.jpg" alt="161 80’s Style Design Using Photoshop" height="318" width="540" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Next, choose Image -&gt; Adjustment -&gt; Levels and use the following values for Inputs: 65, 1.00, 99.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-6307" title="17" src="http://www.gomediazine.com/wp-content/images/2009/07/171.jpg" alt="171 80’s Style Design Using Photoshop" height="681" width="540" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;I have renamed the layer to Stars, and the blending mode is set as Screen.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Next we’ll add bigger glowing stars. Make the following brush using the brush engine:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;￼&lt;img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-6308" title="18" src="http://www.gomediazine.com/wp-content/images/2009/07/181.jpg" alt="181 80’s Style Design Using Photoshop" height="1344" width="369" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Paint with varying brush sizes. Use the bracket keys ([ and ])to change the size quickly. Then add a Layer mask, and paint with black, using the same brush. This gets rid of some extra stars.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-6309" title="19" src="http://www.gomediazine.com/wp-content/images/2009/07/19.jpg" alt="19 80’s Style Design Using Photoshop" height="1204" width="540" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now with a brush of 0% hardness and size of around 300, paint along the edges and get rid of some more stars, also add some Gaussian Blur if required.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-6310" title="20" src="http://www.gomediazine.com/wp-content/images/2009/07/201.jpg" alt="201 80’s Style Design Using Photoshop" height="366" width="540" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Part 3: The 80’s Twinkle&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;It’s very simple to create the twinkle used in so many 80’s posters.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-6311" title="21" src="http://www.gomediazine.com/wp-content/images/2009/07/211.jpg" alt="211 80’s Style Design Using Photoshop" height="625" width="540" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Take a soft brush, and just click once with it on a new layer, to create a soft circle.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Duplicate the layer, and go to Filter -&gt; Blur -&gt; Motion Blur, Angle 0 degree, Distance around 46 pixels.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Keep duplicating and adding motion blur 3 more times.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Then merge all these layers (5 of them). Go to Free Transform, and stretch it, it widen the glowing object.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Finally, duplicate the merged layer, Rotate by 90 degrees.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt; &lt;p&gt;We have the twinkle now. We merge both layers, and name the new layer ‘Twinkle’.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now we can use the ‘Twinkle’ layer where needed.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-6312" title="22" src="http://www.gomediazine.com/wp-content/images/2009/07/221.jpg" alt="221 80’s Style Design Using Photoshop" height="234" width="540" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Duplicate the ‘Twinkle’ layer over the Text layer (rotated, transformed etc.) and place them on the text. This makes it shiny and 80’s!&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Part 4: The shapes&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;￼Create a new layer for the shapes.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Using the polygon lasso tool, and create a selection in the shape shown above. Select the Gradient tool, and use a Gradient of color White (foreground color) and transparent. We fill the selection with this gradient.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-6341" title="23" src="http://www.gomediazine.com/wp-content/images/2009/07/232.jpg" alt="232 80’s Style Design Using Photoshop" height="554" width="540" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Next, Duplicate the shape and shift it a bit. (Press Alt/Option and drag the shape). Merge the layers, and duplicate them. Then we flip them horizontally and create and new shape.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;￼&lt;img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-6342" title="24" src="http://www.gomediazine.com/wp-content/images/2009/07/241.jpg" alt="241 80’s Style Design Using Photoshop" height="604" width="540" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Orient the shapes in different directions and places, as shown below:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-6343" title="25" src="http://www.gomediazine.com/wp-content/images/2009/07/251.jpg" alt="251 80’s Style Design Using Photoshop" height="320" width="540" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-6344" title="27" src="http://www.gomediazine.com/wp-content/images/2009/07/271.jpg" alt="271 80’s Style Design Using Photoshop" height="339" width="540" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Then apply a Gradient Overlay, using Blending options on the few layers, with Hard Light as the Gradient Overlay Blend mode.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-6345" title="28" src="http://www.gomediazine.com/wp-content/images/2009/07/281.jpg" alt="281 80’s Style Design Using Photoshop" height="402" width="540" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;So, this is how it looks so far (below). We are almost done now. You can leave it right here, or make a few more adjustments.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-6347" title="30" src="http://www.gomediazine.com/wp-content/images/2009/07/301.jpg" alt="301 80’s Style Design Using Photoshop" height="350" width="540" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;I add the new Text layer, “But Don’t Leave Me”, and apply a stroke via the Blending options.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-6348" title="31" src="http://www.gomediazine.com/wp-content/images/2009/07/311.jpg" alt="311 80’s Style Design Using Photoshop" height="658" width="540" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;If you think the colors are too bright, you can add a Hue/Saturation mask on the top of the layer stack, and lower the saturation to somewhere around -15.￼&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-6349" title="32" src="http://www.gomediazine.com/wp-content/images/2009/07/321.jpg" alt="321 80’s Style Design Using Photoshop" height="623" width="275" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;The final image:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-6350" title="33" src="http://www.gomediazine.com/wp-content/images/2009/07/331.jpg" alt="331 80’s Style Design Using Photoshop" height="341" width="540" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8463986523746430165-6122155957031804910?l=samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/feeds/6122155957031804910/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/80s-style-design-using-photoshop.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/6122155957031804910'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/6122155957031804910'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/80s-style-design-using-photoshop.html' title='80’s Style Design Using Photoshop'/><author><name>Samuel</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00753985073471833813</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='28' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-5czIG5sgr2U/T4tG4OrAeMI/AAAAAAAAAVY/B7lEHgzUrs0/s220/for%2Btweet.JPG'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8463986523746430165.post-6588802236622315763</id><published>2009-09-27T01:04:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-09-27T01:05:03.134-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Sky Writing In photoshop</title><content type='html'>&lt;p style="font-style: italic;" align="justify"&gt;Motivational calendars and management meetings are rich sources of images slapped together without even the slightest consideration of perspective and/or depth. The most prolific of these usually involve words emblazoned across skylines, but the text rarely casts a shadow, and if does the shadow also shows right across the entire image, ruining the depth perception.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;This tutorial details a simple techniqe to create text with a shadow that conforms to the structure of undulating clouds behind it. Images created using this method won't win you any medals, but they may get you noticed... and that's never a bad thing when it comes to business!&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Step 1&lt;/strong&gt;: Open up a skyscape image in Photoshop. For  the best results the clouds should be well-defined, as in this photo:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;   &lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-skywriting/sky1.jpg" border="1" height="260" width="500" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="justify"&gt; &lt;strong&gt;&lt;span class="style3"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-skywriting/channels.jpg" align="right" border="1" height="175" hspace="0" vspace="0" width="215" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Step 2: Creating A Displacement Map&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Make a grayscale copy of the sky. There are lots of ways to do this in Photoshop  – I’m going to use one of the &lt;em&gt;Channels&lt;/em&gt; (because it’s quick and I’m lazy). Click  on the &lt;em&gt;Channels palette&lt;/em&gt;, and then select whichever channel gives you the best  contrast – I chose the &lt;em&gt;Red&lt;/em&gt; channel:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Step 3: &lt;/strong&gt;With your chosen channel selected, right-click and select &lt;strong&gt;Duplicate Channel&lt;/strong&gt;. In the &lt;em&gt;Duplicate Channel dialog box&lt;/em&gt;, select &lt;em&gt;New&lt;/em&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Document&lt;/em&gt; dropdown list. Give your new document a name (I called mine &lt;em&gt;SkyMap&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Step 4:&lt;/strong&gt; Now apply a Gaussian blur to your SkyMap image (&lt;strong&gt;Filter &gt; Blur &gt; Gaussian Blur&lt;/strong&gt;). You don’t need to blur it too much – I chose 2 pixels. Your &lt;em&gt;SkyMap&lt;/em&gt; image should now look something like this:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-skywriting/SkyMap.jpg" border="1" height="260" width="500" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="justify"&gt;This is the image we’re going to use as our &lt;em&gt;displacement map&lt;/em&gt;. Save the image as &lt;em&gt;SkyMap.psd&lt;/em&gt; and close it. It probably goes without saying, but remember where you save this image, because you’re going to need it later. I usually save a displacement map in the same folder as the image I’m going to use it on.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Step 5: &lt;/strong&gt;Now we need some writing. Switch back to your original image, and make sure the&lt;em&gt; RGB&lt;/em&gt; channel is selected in the &lt;em&gt;Channels palette &lt;/em&gt;(this also selects the other channels). Click on the &lt;em&gt;Layers&lt;/em&gt; tab to switch back to the &lt;em&gt;Layers palette&lt;/em&gt;. Select the Text tool and add some text on a new layer. A bold, simple font works best for this technique (I used  &lt;em&gt;'Franklin Gothic Heavy&lt;/em&gt;'):&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-skywriting/sky2.jpg" border="1" height="260" width="500" /&gt;&lt;em&gt;(“Blue Sky Thinking” is one of my favourite pieces of “management speak”.)&lt;br /&gt;  The colour of the text doesn’t matter, as we’ll be applying a layer style later. &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Step 6:&lt;/strong&gt; With the &lt;em&gt;Text&lt;/em&gt; layer selected in the &lt;em&gt;Layers palette&lt;/em&gt;, click the &lt;strong&gt;Add Llayer Style&lt;/strong&gt; icon at the bottom of the palette and select &lt;em&gt;Drop Shadow&lt;/em&gt;, or select &lt;strong&gt;Layer &gt; Layer Style &gt; Drop Shadow&lt;/strong&gt; from the menu. Here are the settings I used:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt; &lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-skywriting/dropshadow.jpg" border="1" height="302" width="323" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="justify"&gt;I unchecked the '&lt;em&gt;Use Global Light&lt;/em&gt;' option and changed the &lt;em&gt;angle&lt;/em&gt; to 135° to match the angle of the light in the sky image. Here’s the result:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt; &lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-skywriting/sky2a.jpg" border="1" height="260" width="500" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-skywriting/createlayer.jpg" align="right" border="1" height="172" width="215" /&gt;Step 7: Changing the Drop Shadow to a Cast Shadow.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  Now here’s the clever bit: Right-click on the &lt;em&gt;Text&lt;/em&gt; layer’s &lt;em&gt;Layer Effects&lt;/em&gt; icon (the &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;f&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; icon) and select &lt;strong&gt;Create Layer&lt;/strong&gt;. This moves the Text layer’s drop shadow onto its own layer. (Incidentally, if you have multiple effects applied to a layer, selecting the &lt;strong&gt;Create Layer&lt;/strong&gt; option puts each of them on a new separate layer.) Your&lt;em&gt; Layers palette&lt;/em&gt; should now look something like this:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-skywriting/layers1.jpg" border="1" height="212" width="263" /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Step 8: Applying the displacement map.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  Click the new&lt;em&gt; Drop Shadow&lt;/em&gt; layer, then select &lt;strong&gt;Filter &gt; Distort &gt; Displace…&lt;/strong&gt;    You will then see this dialog box:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-skywriting/displace.jpg" border="1" height="266" width="267" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="justify"&gt;Enter the settings you can see above. You might need to play around with the &lt;em&gt;Scale&lt;/em&gt; settings depending on the size of your image and the amount of displacement you want.     Click OK, and then select&lt;em&gt; SkyMap.psd&lt;/em&gt; (the file you saved in Step 5) in the '&lt;em&gt;Choose a displacement map&lt;/em&gt;' dialog. Press OK again.  After a little processing time, your image should  look like this:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-skywriting/sky3.jpg" border="1" height="260" width="500" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="justify"&gt;If you temporarily hide the &lt;em&gt;Text&lt;/em&gt; layer, you can see how the displacement map has distorted the &lt;em&gt;drop shadow&lt;/em&gt; to make it look like it’s being cast onto the clouds:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt; &lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-skywriting/sky4.jpg" border="1" height="260" width="500" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="justify"&gt;We could leave the shadow as it is, but I only want the shadow to fall on the clouds, not on the blue sky. I could have used the&lt;a class="tooltiplink" href="javascript:void(0)" onmouseover="" align="left" src="http://biorust.com/classes/tooltips/ps-eraser.gif" border="1"&gt;The Eraser tool erases pixels and restores parts of an image to a previously saved state.'); Activate();" onmouseout="deActivate()" alt=""&gt; Eraser Tool&lt;/a&gt; to rub out the bits of shadow I didn’t want, but (as I said before) I’m lazy and wanted a quick way to do it. So… &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Step 9: Select Color Range.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  Hide the &lt;em&gt;Text&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;Drop Shadow&lt;/em&gt; layers, and then make sure the &lt;em&gt;Background&lt;/em&gt; layer is active. Select &lt;strong&gt;Select &gt; Color Range…&lt;/strong&gt; from the menu. Click on an area of blue sky in the image, then adjust the &lt;em&gt;Fuzziness&lt;/em&gt; slider so that as much blue sky as possible is selected (it shows up as white in the preview pane). When you’re happy with the area selected, click OK.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Step 10:&lt;/strong&gt; With the selection still active, make the &lt;em&gt;Drop Shadow &lt;/em&gt;layer visible again, and then click this layer in the &lt;em&gt;Layers palette&lt;/em&gt; to make it active. The selection you made in &lt;em&gt;Step 10&lt;/em&gt; will now be transferred to the &lt;em&gt;Drop Shadow&lt;/em&gt; layer. Press &lt;strong&gt;Delete&lt;/strong&gt; on your keyboard. The parts of the drop shadow that fall on the blue sky will be removed, and it should now look something like this:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-skywriting/sky6.jpg" border="1" height="260" width="500" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Step 11:&lt;/strong&gt; Now make the &lt;em&gt;Text&lt;/em&gt; layer visible again, and apply some layer effects to jazz it up a bit. I used the following:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-skywriting/gradientoverlay.jpg" border="1" height="207" width="500" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="justify"&gt;The colours in the above gradients and color swatches were sampled from the original sky image. And here’s the final image, perfect for those monday morning staff meetings:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-skywriting/sky7.jpg" border="1" height="260" width="500" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8463986523746430165-6588802236622315763?l=samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/feeds/6588802236622315763/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/sky-writing-in-photoshop.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/6588802236622315763'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/6588802236622315763'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/sky-writing-in-photoshop.html' title='Sky Writing In photoshop'/><author><name>Samuel</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00753985073471833813</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='28' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-5czIG5sgr2U/T4tG4OrAeMI/AAAAAAAAAVY/B7lEHgzUrs0/s220/for%2Btweet.JPG'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8463986523746430165.post-7778750389703702364</id><published>2009-09-27T01:01:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-09-27T01:02:49.197-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Adobe Photoshop'/><title type='text'>The Making of 'Seductive Intent'</title><content type='html'>&lt;p align="justify"&gt;Before proceeding with this tutorial, please note that this is by no means a complete guide on HOW to paint digitally. Everybody, understandably, has their own unique workflow and techniques. Rather, this tutorial will show you how I go about creating a digital painting from a photograph and/or sketch. Having said that, I hope that you find this tutorial useful. Keep in mind that my artwork is done in Photoshop CS, but should also apply to earlier versions of that program as well. Now let's get rolling with a few simple principles: &lt;/p&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Keep things simple initially; If the composition isn't working in the      early stages, it won't get any better, no matter how much detail you add.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Don't be afraid to erase and re-paint: If something is bothering you, change      it; The earlier the better.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Flip your canvas every hour or so; Your eyes tend to get 'immune' to the      mistakes; When you flip it, you get a fresh view and mistakes tend to pop out.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt; &lt;div align="justify"&gt;  For this commission piece, I was asked to paint a woman with a whip and a bra,    rendered in a realistic fashion. If you're going for a realistic look, a    reference is always handy. In this case, I used a stock image from &lt;a href="http://www.conceptart.org/forums/forumdisplay.php?s=&amp;amp;forumid=30"&gt;   &lt;/a&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.conceptart.org/forums/forumdisplay.php?s=&amp;amp;forumid=30"&gt;ConceptArt.Org&lt;/a&gt;. Before we begin to paint, we start with a sketch. Below is an    example of the technique I use to nail the proportions:&lt;/div&gt; &lt;table style="border-collapse: collapse;color:#111111;" id="AutoNumber8" border="0" border cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" width="100%"&gt;  &lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr&gt;   &lt;td&gt;   &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;             &lt;br /&gt;The Guide System&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;   &lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-seductiveintent/0.jpg" border="1" height="313" width="500" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="justify"&gt;   To get the proportions correct, I use something I like to call "The    Guide System". What we do is open the reference picture, hit "Ctrl + R"    for the rules to pop out, and drag the guides from there to the most    'important' spots; For example, I dragged a guide where her left eye    starts, and another one to where it ends. Same thing for the hands, feet, etc -   The more guides you have, the easier it will be to nail proportions.&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  Now bear with me here... When we have that all sorted, we save it (in this case we'll    save it as '&lt;i&gt;ref.psd&lt;/i&gt;'), and then save it again as '&lt;i&gt;cg.psd&lt;/i&gt;'. We can then delete the    reference picture, as we'll concentrate only on the sketch thereafter. Now we re-open the original &lt;i&gt;ref.psd&lt;/i&gt; file, align both windows    equally, and start sketching with a pencil-like soft brush on a blank canvas; You'll still have the    guides saved in the blank document, so now you can begin to sketch (it's    always a good idea to sketch on a new layer). I usually start with the    face, zoomed in at 200%. Always zoom in as much as possible for the    tight places, in this case, that being the face and hands; It makes a    real difference!&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;TIP: &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Avoid tracing the image - You don't want to create a 'perfect' sketch and miss out adding your own twist to it. If you're not getting good results with the 'guide' system, you can always use the 'grid' system (which generally takes a bit longer, but you'll more likely get better results). These techniques are the digital equivalent of the polygon-shapes strategy taught to young cartoon art students to help them nail down body proportions. &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;  &lt;/tr&gt;  &lt;tr&gt;   &lt;td&gt;   &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color Palette&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;        &lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-seductiveintent/1.jpg" align="right" border="1" /&gt;Now that our sketch is complete, we can begin to paint. It's a good idea to    keep the sketch layer's &lt;em&gt;opacity&lt;/em&gt; around &lt;em&gt;50%&lt;/em&gt; at this point. Create a new    layer, preferably underneath the sketch, and pick a color palette. In    this case, I chose fairly desaturated hues for the skin and background.    Having a color palette is very convenient (especially for the skin), as    you can color pick from those at your own leisure.&lt;br /&gt;        &lt;em&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Some tips: keep    things simple at this point; 3 or 4 colors (2 mid tones, 1 highlight, 1    shadow) is enough. You don't need to have a color palette with each    individual layer, but this is convenient regardless, especially if    you're new to this style of working.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;Now look at the ref pic, and try to lay down the colors where you see    fit; Don't worry about it being messy at this point - just make sure you    have the colors placed fairly accurately. Implementing some hues from    the background on the main figure is also a good idea, as this will    help 'unite' the foreground elements with the backdrop.&lt;br /&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;        &lt;span class="style1"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;TIP: &lt;/strong&gt;To get the values right, it might be easier to work in black and    white. You can add color later (when painting, simply set the mode to    color and use the proper color for the said elements).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;  &lt;/tr&gt;  &lt;tr&gt;   &lt;td&gt;   &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Work In Layers&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;        &lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-seductiveintent/2.jpg" align="right" border="1" /&gt;In order to make things more convenient for you, I recommend working in    as many layers as possible. The hair, table, background, and skin are    all in separate layers. Begin laying down colors in other places that    apply. Again, 3 or 4 is enough at this point.           &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-seductiveintent/g.jpg" height="183" width="100" /&gt;           &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="justify"&gt;     Creating too many layers can lead to things getting out of hand. If this happens, you can      group all the layers in a folder. For example, all the layers in the      figure grouped together, the desk in another group, and the background      as well. Simply hit the 'group folder' button (check the image above) and drag the layers into that folder.     &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;  &lt;/tr&gt;  &lt;tr&gt;   &lt;td&gt;   &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Blend Baby, Blend!&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;        &lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-seductiveintent/4.jpg" align="right" border="1" /&gt;Now that we have the colors laid down, it's time to start blending. I    tend to use a brush at 50% hardness and 50% opacity to blend. To get    smooth results, repeat the process over and over. Color pick the    mid-tones, and keep on blending to smooth them out. This takes some time    to master, but the more you practice, the easier it becomes. You should    also begin considering the composition of the background as well at this    point.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;         &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;  &lt;/tr&gt;  &lt;tr&gt;   &lt;td&gt;   &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Details&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;        &lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-seductiveintent/5.jpg" align="right" border="1" /&gt;We now begin to add details, starting at the focal point first (in this    case, it's her face). In general, you want to have the most details    where you want the viewer to look first. Since in this case it's the    face, we start with that and probably spend a considerable amount of    time perfecting it. Smooth out your strokes further, and add more    details (her clothing for, for example, done on a separate layer).&lt;br /&gt;        &lt;em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;        &lt;strong&gt;TIP: &lt;/strong&gt;Don't get too carried away with detailing at this    point. It can be frustrating to have part of the piece perfected, and    the rest muddy.  &lt;/em&gt;   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;         &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;  &lt;/tr&gt;  &lt;tr&gt;   &lt;td&gt;   &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color &amp;amp; Lighting&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;        &lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-seductiveintent/8.jpg" align="right" border="1" /&gt;At this point it's good to add some some color variation to make    everything unite. A simple way to do this is color pick some of the    background colors, and apply them to the skin (preferably with the&lt;em&gt; color    mode&lt;/em&gt; set to &lt;em&gt;'color'&lt;/em&gt;, between &lt;em&gt;10-20% opacity&lt;/em&gt;). Don't be afraid to push    your colors, otherwise your piece might be a bit flat looking. At this    point I also rendered the desk; Notice that the light source is coming from    the left in all the 3 'parts' - i.e. the desk, figure, and background. You have    to be consistent in your light source to pull off a sense of realism; If    you don't, it could break a potentially great piece.&lt;br /&gt;        &lt;em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;        &lt;strong&gt;TIP: &lt;/strong&gt;A great way to create realistic skin tones is to    paint a turquoise color over the highlighted areas at a very low    opacity (3-5%). Something as simple as this tend to make a huge    difference. &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;  &lt;/tr&gt;  &lt;tr&gt;   &lt;td&gt;   &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Refinement&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;        &lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-seductiveintent/10.jpg" align="right" border="1" /&gt;Now that the image is nearing completion, study carefully what works and    what doesn't. Don't be afraid to repaint anything that bothers you, even    at this point. Better late than never! Don't forget to flip your canvas    to get a fresh view. Show your work to friends/family, see what you can    gather from their input if possible. When all is said and done, we will now...    &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;         &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;  &lt;/tr&gt;  &lt;tr&gt;       &lt;td&gt;&lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;             &lt;br /&gt;              Add Noise       &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;           &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt; &lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-seductiveintent/noise.jpg" border="1" height="109" width="500" /&gt;           &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A fast way too make your image appear less computerized is too add noise, which provides a great 'imperfection touch'. Just follow these simple instructions:&lt;/p&gt;           &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Create a new layer &amp;amp; fill it via the &lt;span class="tooltiplink"&gt;Paint Bucket Tool&lt;/span&gt; (RGB set to: 128).&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;strong&gt;Filter &gt; Noise &gt; Add Noise &lt;/strong&gt;&amp;amp; run with &lt;em&gt;Amount&lt;/em&gt; set to 400% (&lt;em&gt;monochromatic&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Set the &lt;em&gt;layer blend mode&lt;/em&gt; to &lt;em&gt;overlay&lt;/em&gt;, anywhere from 3-10% (whatever works best). &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;           &lt;p&gt;And now we're finished (feel free to do a hoola dance). Here's the final image, with some close-ups:&lt;/p&gt;           &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-seductiveintent/cg-s.jpg" border="1" height="647" width="500" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;           &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-seductiveintent/face-s.jpg" border="1" height="266" width="250" /&gt; &lt;a href="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-seductiveintent/hand.jpg"&gt; &lt;/a&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-seductiveintent/hand-s.jpg" border="1" height="198" width="250" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;    &lt;/tr&gt; &lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;       &lt;p align="justify"&gt;I hope you found this tutorial useful. Feel free to contact me should you have any questions.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8463986523746430165-7778750389703702364?l=samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/feeds/7778750389703702364/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/making-of-seductive-intent.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/7778750389703702364'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/7778750389703702364'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/making-of-seductive-intent.html' title='The Making of &apos;Seductive Intent&apos;'/><author><name>Samuel</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00753985073471833813</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='28' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-5czIG5sgr2U/T4tG4OrAeMI/AAAAAAAAAVY/B7lEHgzUrs0/s220/for%2Btweet.JPG'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8463986523746430165.post-7015264643553009350</id><published>2009-09-27T00:59:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-09-27T01:00:10.899-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Adobe Photoshop'/><title type='text'>Under Water Texture in Photoshop</title><content type='html'>&lt;p align="justify"&gt;Digital cameras may be one of the greatest tools in the modern artist's inventory, but they do have their limitations. Without specialist (and expensive) equipment, for example, it is a very bad idea to try and take underwater shots, especially ones that rely on the camera being several meters underwater!&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;This tutorial details a simple way to keep your feet dry and create a realistic texture that closely resembles the surface of water if seen from below. The technique is relatively flexible and can form the basis of more complicated creations, if you are willing to experiment.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;&lt;table style="border-collapse: collapse;" id="AutoNumber8" border="0" bordercolor="#111111" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" width="100%"&gt;   &lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td&gt;     &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-waterfrombelow/stap1.jpg" align="left" border="1" height="300" width="300" /&gt;Step 1:&lt;/b&gt;  Create a new document of a suitable size with a default white-filled background. I opted for 300*300px, but this effect will look just fine with any dimension. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="justify"&gt;Set your foreground colour swatch as a dark-blue (#043E7E) and your background color swatch as solid white (#FFFFFF).  Now run  &lt;strong&gt;filter &gt; render &gt; clouds&lt;/strong&gt; once. You should end up with something that resembles my image on the left. Don't worry if it doesnt look exactly the same - the clouds filter uses a random seed, so the results will always look a little different. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Step   2:&lt;/b&gt; We now need to add our ripple effect. To do this, run &lt;strong&gt;Filter &gt; Distort &gt; Ripple&lt;/strong&gt;, change the &lt;em&gt;amount&lt;/em&gt; to&lt;em&gt; 999%&lt;/em&gt; and the &lt;em&gt;size&lt;/em&gt; to &lt;em&gt;large&lt;/em&gt;. Press OK. Repeat the filter again, but this time set the &lt;em&gt;amount&lt;/em&gt; to &lt;em&gt;999%&lt;/em&gt; and the &lt;em&gt;size&lt;/em&gt; to &lt;em&gt;medium&lt;/em&gt;. Press OK, and your basic ripple effect will be complete! Of course, this doesn't look overly realistic, so we should now run our new texture through a few extra optional steps... &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-waterfrombelow/stap2.jpg" border="1" /&gt;  &lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-waterfrombelow/stap3.jpg" border="1" /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;      &lt;/b&gt;        &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td&gt;&lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Variant 1: Solar Glare&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For that little bit of added realism we can add solar glare to make it look as if the sun is partially reflecting off the water. To do this, run &lt;strong&gt;filter &gt; render &gt; lighting effects&lt;/strong&gt; with the settings shown below.             &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-waterfrombelow/stap5.jpg" border="1" height="367" width="499" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;      &lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;           &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td&gt;&lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-waterfrombelow/experiment-2-copy.jpg" align="left" border="1" height="300" width="300" /&gt;Step        5: &lt;/b&gt;And there you go - one simple 'water surface from below' effect, ready for further manipulation or useful as a stock effect all by itself. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;b&gt; &lt;/b&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td&gt;     &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;      Variant 2: Color Loss &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;It should be borne in mind, of course, that the light spectrum can be substantially affected by the relative density of the water. This often presents itself as a green tinge to the water if the camera source is quite deep. To reproduce this effect, simply go to the &lt;strong&gt;Layer &gt; Layer Effect &gt; Color Overlay&lt;/strong&gt; dialog and enter in a color of &lt;em&gt;#6DB829&lt;/em&gt;, with a &lt;em&gt;blend mode&lt;/em&gt; of &lt;em&gt;Normal&lt;/em&gt; and an &lt;em&gt;opacity&lt;/em&gt; of &lt;em&gt;33%&lt;/em&gt;. Throw in the solar glare mentioned above and you should have an excellent texture that resembles my image on the right below. Enjoy! ;) &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-waterfrombelow/experiment-1-copy.jpg" border="1" height="250" width="250" /&gt;  &lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-waterfrombelow/result3-copy.jpg" border="1" height="250" width="250" /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;  &lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8463986523746430165-7015264643553009350?l=samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/feeds/7015264643553009350/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/under-water-texture-in-photoshop.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/7015264643553009350'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/7015264643553009350'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/under-water-texture-in-photoshop.html' title='Under Water Texture in Photoshop'/><author><name>Samuel</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00753985073471833813</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='28' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-5czIG5sgr2U/T4tG4OrAeMI/AAAAAAAAAVY/B7lEHgzUrs0/s220/for%2Btweet.JPG'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8463986523746430165.post-1545079307912592385</id><published>2009-09-27T00:58:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-09-27T00:59:10.321-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Adobe Photoshop'/><title type='text'>Animated Shine in Photoshop</title><content type='html'>&lt;p style="font-style: italic;" align="justify"&gt;Give your signatures a little bling with this highly-detained  animated shine. It may look difficult from the outset, but with both Photoshop &amp;amp;  Imageready at your disposal, you'll be amazed just how quickly you can create  this cool effect! &lt;/p&gt;     &lt;table style="border-collapse: collapse;" id="AutoNumber8" border="0" bordercolor="#111111" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" width="100%"&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td&gt;  &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Step   1:&lt;/b&gt; Open up an image or artwork file in Photoshop of any size and/or   format. If at this stage you have chosen an Adobe Photoshop file with   layers, you may have to think about where you want to add the shine. Most   people will just apply it to text, but I've gone far enough as to apply it   selectively to a whole image. It's really up to you...&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;  &lt;img src="http://biorust.com/tutorials/ps-shine/shine.1.jpg" border="0" height="124" width="404" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td valign="top"&gt;     &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;b&gt;Step   2:&lt;/b&gt; Once your thinking is over, create a new layer on top of all the   others (&lt;i&gt;shortcut: CTRL+SHIFT+N&lt;/i&gt;) and call it '&lt;i&gt;shine&lt;/i&gt;'.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;  &lt;img src="http://biorust.com/tutorials/ps-shine/shine.2.jpg" border="0" height="93" width="193" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td valign="top"&gt;     &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;b&gt;Step   3:&lt;/b&gt; Make a selection with your &lt;a class="tooltiplink" href="javascript:void(0)" onmouseover="" align="left" src="http://biorust.com/classes/tooltips/ps-polygonlasoo.gif" border="1"&gt;The lasso tools make freehand, polygonal (straight-edged), and magnetic (snap-to) selections.'); Activate();" onmouseout="deActivate()" alt=""&gt;Polygon Lasso Tool&lt;/a&gt;.  If you are   applying the shine to a large object, select a large area akin to the   selection in the first image below. Conversely, if you are selecting   something smaller (like text), select a smaller area as shown in the second   image below.  For the sake of this tutorial, I will be using the   larger-size selection.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;  &lt;img src="http://biorust.com/tutorials/ps-shine/shine.3.1.jpg" border="0" height="124" width="404" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt; &lt;img src="http://biorust.com/tutorials/ps-shine/shine.3.2.jpg" border="0" height="124" width="404" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;  &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td valign="top"&gt;     &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;b&gt;Step   4:&lt;/b&gt; Now select the &lt;a class="tooltiplink" href="javascript:void(0)" onmouseover="" align="left" src="http://biorust.com/classes/tooltips/ps-gradient.gif" border="1"&gt;The gradient tools create straight-line, radial, angle, reflected, and diamond blends between colors.'); Activate();" onmouseout="deActivate()" alt=""&gt;Gradient Tool&lt;/a&gt;, and make sure &lt;i&gt;linear gradient&lt;/i&gt; is   chosen.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;  &lt;img src="http://biorust.com/tutorials/ps-shine/shine.4.jpg" border="0" height="27" width="114" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;  &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td valign="top"&gt;     &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;b&gt;Step   5:&lt;/b&gt; Select the "foreground to transparent" gradient, and make sure the   color is a light color.   Your settings should be similar to those   below:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;  &lt;img src="http://biorust.com/tutorials/ps-shine/shine.5.jpg" border="0" height="504" width="424" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;  &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td valign="top"&gt;     &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;b&gt;Step   6:&lt;/b&gt; Drag the &lt;a class="tooltiplink" href="javascript:void(0)" onmouseover="" align="left" src="http://biorust.com/classes/tooltips/ps-gradient.gif" border="1"&gt;The gradient tools create straight-line, radial, angle, reflected, and diamond blends between colors.'); Activate();" onmouseout="deActivate()" alt=""&gt;Gradient Tool&lt;/a&gt; from the front of your selection to the back,   trying to keep the line at a 90 degree angle to your selection.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;  &lt;img src="http://biorust.com/tutorials/ps-shine/shine.6.jpg" border="0" height="124" width="404" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;  &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td valign="top"&gt;     &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;b&gt;Step   7:&lt;/b&gt; Select the layer/object you want to be shine-i-fied using the magic   lasso tool (&lt;i&gt;contiguous&lt;/i&gt; option unchecked if needed).    Alternatively, you can use any of Photoshop's other selection techniques   (there are lots of them! ;).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;  &lt;img src="http://biorust.com/tutorials/ps-shine/shine.7.jpg" border="0" height="124" width="404" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;  &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td valign="top"&gt;     &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;b&gt;Step   8:&lt;/b&gt; Now its time for the good stuff!  Select the "&lt;i&gt;shine&lt;/i&gt;"   layer once again (make sure you DON'T deselect your selection), and on the   bottom of the layers palette click the "add layer mask" button.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;  &lt;img src="http://biorust.com/tutorials/ps-shine/shine.8.jpg" border="0" height="45" width="210" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;  &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td valign="top"&gt;     &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;b&gt;Step   9:&lt;/b&gt; Now click on the link icon once (it will vanish, meaning that the   layer and the mask are no longer linked). Then move your mouse back to the   main layers and click the thumbnail of the shine layer (the one on the   left).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;  &lt;img src="http://biorust.com/tutorials/ps-shine/shine.9.jpg" border="0" height="42" width="217" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;  &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td valign="top"&gt;     &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;b&gt;Step   10:&lt;/b&gt; You can now freely move your shine effect (it works best if you hold   the 'shift' key when you move it to keep your movement intervals regular).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;  &lt;img src="http://biorust.com/tutorials/ps-shine/shine.10.jpg" border="0" height="93" width="193" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;  &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td valign="top"&gt;     &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;b&gt;Step   11:&lt;/b&gt; Now we need to add the animation, so transfer the file over to   Imageready by clicking on the appropriate button on the bottom of the tools   palette.  Just in case you don't know which one this is, its this one:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;  &lt;img src="http://biorust.com/tutorials/ps-shine/shine.image.jpg" border="0" height="32" width="65" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;  &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td valign="top"&gt;     &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;b&gt;Step   12:&lt;/b&gt; As soon as Imageready loads, make sure that the Animation Palette is   open. If it isn't, you can manually open it by selecting it from &lt;b&gt;Window &gt;   Animation&lt;/b&gt;. For the first frame, move the shine off of the image (just   drag it until you can't see it), then click on the duplicate frame button.      &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;  &lt;img src="http://biorust.com/tutorials/ps-shine/shine.11.jpg" border="0" height="132" width="248" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;  &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td valign="top"&gt;     &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;b&gt;Step   13:&lt;/b&gt; With the Shine layer still selected, move the shine slightly into   view, then click the duplicate frame button again.    Don't   forget to move the shine in the correct direction - whichever way the solid   side of the shine is facing is the front.&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;  &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td valign="top"&gt;     &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;b&gt;Step   14:&lt;/b&gt; Completing the rest of the animation is now relatively simple - Just   continue moving the shine a little bit, and then clicking the duplicate   frame before repeating the process.  Of course, if you want the shine   to be fast, drag it more every time, and if you want it to be slower, then   drag it only a little every time.  After you've created enough frames   that you can't see the shine anymore, set the last frame in the animation to   have a 2-5 second show time, so that you have a pause in the animation (you   can change this simply by clicking on the '0 sec' text at the bottom of each   frame and selecting an alternate value).    You're now done,   so save your masterpiece with &lt;b&gt;File &gt; Save Optimized As...&lt;/b&gt; and show it   to the world!&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;  &lt;img src="http://biorust.com/tutorials/ps-shine/shine.gif" border="0" height="120" width="400" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8463986523746430165-1545079307912592385?l=samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/feeds/1545079307912592385/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/animated-shine-in-photoshop.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/1545079307912592385'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/1545079307912592385'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/animated-shine-in-photoshop.html' title='Animated Shine in Photoshop'/><author><name>Samuel</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00753985073471833813</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='28' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-5czIG5sgr2U/T4tG4OrAeMI/AAAAAAAAAVY/B7lEHgzUrs0/s220/for%2Btweet.JPG'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8463986523746430165.post-8277722329276951725</id><published>2009-09-27T00:57:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-09-27T00:58:19.953-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Adobe Photoshop'/><title type='text'>Grunge Rubber Stamp Effect in Photoshop</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Lets face it - rubber stamps are an amazingly quick and easy way of marking  something in real life, but recreating them in Photoshop is a little more  difficult.  Unlike real media, the electronic canvas does not have creases,  folds, and underlying texture to distort the ink.  Neither does an  electronic stamp have problems with ink adherence, creating a unique effect  every time it is used.   That is not to say, of course, that Photoshop  cannot reproduce these little nuances of real media.   The aim of this  tutorial is to describe a simple method to create grunge brushes, and to detail  how these brushes can be used to reproduce realism in our rubber-stamped logos.   Interested?  Read on...&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;table style="border-collapse: collapse;" id="AutoNumber8" border="0" bordercolor="#111111" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" width="100%"&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td&gt;     &lt;p align="justify"&gt;     &lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-grungestamp/step1.jpg" align="left" border="0" height="259" width="350" /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Step 1:&lt;/b&gt;   Open up a stock image in Photoshop of any size and/or format. The best   results for this tutorial usually involve large photographic images with   effective color separation.  Since the overall grunge effect will come   out of this source image, it is best to select a photo with lots of vertical   lines and straight edges going off at different angles.  Rounded   objects (especially 'natural' objects) do not work very well.     From personal experience I can say that construction-yard pictures are   ideal... although you may still need to experiment a little to obtain the   optimal results.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td&gt;     &lt;p align="justify"&gt;     &lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-grungestamp/step2.jpg" align="left" border="0" height="259" width="350" /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Step   2:&lt;/b&gt; Ensure your &lt;i&gt;background&lt;/i&gt; layer is selected in the layers   palette, and prepare to vastly overexpose the contrast by selecting &lt;b&gt;Image   &gt; Adjustments &gt; Threshold&lt;/b&gt; from the main menu.    A dialog   box should pop up.   Drag the slider nearly all the way to the   left, leaving only the most prominent lines and details present.     When you are finished, press the OK button to finalize your changes.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td&gt;     &lt;p align="justify"&gt;     &lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-grungestamp/step3.jpg" align="left" border="0" height="206" width="350" /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Step   3:&lt;/b&gt;  Open up a new blank document (via &lt;b&gt;File &gt; New&lt;/b&gt;) of any   size with a single white-filled background layer.   Click on the   foreground color swatch at the bottom of the tools palette and set it to   red.   Select the horizontal &lt;span class="tooltiplink"&gt;Type Tool&lt;/span&gt; and create your type.    In my example to the left I used the '&lt;i&gt;Gill Sans MT Ext Condensed Bold&lt;/i&gt;'   font with a size of 250pt.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td&gt;     &lt;p align="justify"&gt;     &lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-grungestamp/step4.jpg" align="left" border="0" height="206" width="350" /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Step   4:&lt;/b&gt; Select your &lt;i&gt;text&lt;/i&gt; layer in the layers palette and rasterize the   text via&lt;b&gt; Layer &gt; Rasterize &gt; Text&lt;/b&gt;.  This will allow you to   modify the text like a brushed object.  At this point you can further   enhance your text as you see fit before going any further. I chose to add a   simple border using the &lt;span class="tooltiplink"&gt;Rectangular Marquee Tool&lt;/span&gt; and PaintBucket Tool.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td&gt;     &lt;p align="justify"&gt;     &lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-grungestamp/step5.jpg" align="left" border="0" height="206" width="350" /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Step   5:&lt;/b&gt; This stage is entirely optional, but I find that it often helps to   give the logo a little skew via &lt;b&gt;Edit &gt; Transform &gt; Rotate&lt;/b&gt;.    Logos at perfect right-angles to the canvas look fake and ruin the illusion   of real media that are are trying to create.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td&gt;     &lt;p align="justify"&gt;     &lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-grungestamp/step6.jpg" align="left" border="0" height="206" width="350" /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Step   6:&lt;/b&gt; Go back to your original photo document that you created in &lt;i&gt;steps   1 &amp;amp; 2&lt;/i&gt;.  Switch to the &lt;span class="tooltiplink"&gt;Magic Wand Tool&lt;/span&gt; and click directly inside a   black-color area of your photo.  Expand your selection to all black   areas via &lt;b&gt;Select &gt; Similar&lt;/b&gt;.   Now that you have all the   black areas selected, its time to &lt;b&gt;Edit &gt; Copy&lt;/b&gt; and &lt;b&gt;Edit &gt; Paste&lt;/b&gt;   them over to your logo document that you made in &lt;i&gt;step 3&lt;/i&gt;.  The '&lt;i&gt;grunge&lt;/i&gt;'   layer should automatically go to the top of the layers palette.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td&gt;     &lt;p align="justify"&gt;     &lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-grungestamp/step7.jpg" align="left" border="0" height="206" width="350" /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Step   7:&lt;/b&gt; Hold down CTRL on the keyboard (OPT if you are using a mac) and click   on the grunge layer's thumbnail in the layers palette with your mouse to   reselect the grunge object. Then, without losing your selection, make the   logo layer active and press DELETE on your keyboard.  Now all you have   to do is lose your selection, hide/delete your &lt;i&gt;grunge&lt;/i&gt; layer... and   its done!   All quite simple really!&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8463986523746430165-8277722329276951725?l=samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/feeds/8277722329276951725/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/grunge-rubber-stamp-effect-in-photoshop.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/8277722329276951725'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/8277722329276951725'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/grunge-rubber-stamp-effect-in-photoshop.html' title='Grunge Rubber Stamp Effect in Photoshop'/><author><name>Samuel</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00753985073471833813</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='28' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-5czIG5sgr2U/T4tG4OrAeMI/AAAAAAAAAVY/B7lEHgzUrs0/s220/for%2Btweet.JPG'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8463986523746430165.post-2656463795426856853</id><published>2009-09-27T00:55:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-09-27T00:56:51.381-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Adobe Photoshop'/><title type='text'>'Out Of Bounds' Images in Photoshop</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;An "Out of Bounds" (OoB) image is an interesting concept that, I'm sure, you've  seen many times on the internet and in magazines and wondered how it was done.  Well, wonder no more - I'm going to lay it all out for you in this concise and  easy-to-follow tutorial. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;       &lt;table style="border-collapse: collapse;color:#111111;" border="0" border cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" width="100%"&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td&gt;     &lt;p align="justify"&gt;     &lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;  &lt;b&gt;  &lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-outofbounds/OoB4NooBa1.jpg" align="left" border="0" height="227" width="300" /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;Step   1:&lt;/b&gt; First, as always, you have to choose an appropriate image. For this   lesson, I've chosen this image of a Goat (i.e. the image on the left). What made this image   appropriate is the position of the car and the direction it's facing. You   should be able to tell when an image is appropriate after trying a few for   yourself. As with anything else, practice makes perfect - or, at least, a   reasonable facsimile of perfection.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td&gt;     &lt;p align="justify"&gt;  &lt;br /&gt; &lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;  &lt;b&gt;  &lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-outofbounds/OoB4NooBa2.jpg" align="right" border="0" height="227" width="300" /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;Step   2:&lt;/b&gt; Using whatever method you're comfortable with, the next step is to   extract the object - in this case, the car - from the rest of the image. As   you can see in the image to the right, I only needed the front half, so I used the Pen   Tool to get what I needed and stopped when I knew I was inside of the area   that I was going to frame. (If you haven't started using the &lt;a class="tooltiplink" href="javascript:void(0)" onmouseover="" align="left" src="http://biorust.com/classes/tooltips/ps-pen.gif" border="1"&gt;The pen tools let you draw smooth-edged paths.'); Activate();" onmouseout="deActivate()" alt=""&gt;Pen Tool&lt;/a&gt;, yet,   you really should. It's so much easier than you think, once you get the hang   of it). Once you've made your selection, hit Control-J (Mac: Command-J) on   the keyboard to copy   it to it's own layer.  You should then hide this layer to stop it   interfering with the next few steps.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;  &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td&gt;     &lt;p align="justify"&gt;  &lt;br /&gt; &lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;  &lt;b&gt;  &lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-outofbounds/OoB4NooBa3.jpg" align="left" border="0" height="227" width="300" /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;Step   3:&lt;/b&gt; Next, using the &lt;a class="tooltiplink" href="javascript:void(0)" onmouseover="" align="left" src="http://biorust.com/classes/tooltips/ps-rectangularmarquee.gif" border="1"&gt;The marquee tools make rectangular, elliptical, single row, and single column selections.'); Activate();" onmouseout="deActivate()" alt=""&gt;Rectangular Marquee Tool&lt;/a&gt;, we make a box then, using  &lt;b&gt;Select &gt; Transform Selection&lt;/b&gt;, we move and reshape the box to fit.   When in Free Transform mode, you'll notice that the tool tip changes when   you hold Control (Mac: &lt;i&gt;Command&lt;/i&gt;) on the keyboard. With this, you can grab any   corner and move it wherever you like. The control points in the middle of   each side now work like they do in &lt;b&gt;Image &gt; Transform &gt; Perspective&lt;/b&gt;.   Go ahead and move it around and, when the selection looks good, create a new   layer on top of your source image (beneath the cutout you made in step 2)   and fill the box with white. You can do this, easily, by making white your   foreground color and hitting Alt-Backspace (Mac: Opt-Delete) or &lt;b&gt;Edit &gt;   Fill&lt;/b&gt;. Now, use &lt;b&gt;Select   &gt; Modify &gt; Contract&lt;/b&gt; to make the selection smaller. I used a &lt;i&gt;30 pixel&lt;/i&gt;   setting on   this image, but it's a fairly high resolution one, so you'd have to set   yours to whatever fits. With the selection contracted, hit the Backspace   (Mac: Delete) key to clear the selected area and make it a frame-shaped   object. Don't   de-select just yet though.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt; Note: It might be easier for you to complete this step before cutting   the object out so you can see exactly how much of it ends up outside of the   frame).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;  &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td&gt;     &lt;p align="justify"&gt;  &lt;br /&gt; &lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;  &lt;b&gt;  &lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-outofbounds/OoB4NooBa4.jpg" align="right" border="0" height="227" width="300" /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;Step   4:&lt;/b&gt; Now, with the selection still visible, switch to the original image   and hit Control-J (Mac: Command-J), - again to bring the selected area   to it's own layer.&lt;i&gt; If you've, somehow, lost the selection, you can get it   easily with the &lt;a class="tooltiplink" href="javascript:void(0)" onmouseover="" align="left" src="http://biorust.com/classes/tooltips/ps-magicwand.gif" border="1"&gt;The Magic Wand tool selects similarly colored areas.'); Activate();" onmouseout="deActivate()" alt=""&gt;Magic Wand Tool&lt;/a&gt; - with Contiguous set to "On", just   click in the blank area inside of the frame, with the "frame" layer   selected, of course&lt;/i&gt;. Now, you'll want to merge this new layer with the   "frame". This "framed" layer will need a Stroke applied to it. Go   to &lt;b&gt;Layer &gt; Layer Styles &gt; Stroke&lt;/b&gt;, or click the first button in the   Layers Palette and choose &lt;i&gt;Stroke&lt;/i&gt;. Make it black and keep it to just a   few pixels - enough to see but not so much as to look out of place.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;  &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td&gt;     &lt;p align="justify"&gt;  &lt;br /&gt; &lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;  &lt;b&gt;  &lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-outofbounds/OoB4NooBa5.jpg" align="left" border="0" height="227" width="300" /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;Step   5:&lt;/b&gt; You're going to need to place a layer at the bottom, filled with   white, to use as a backdrop.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt; The next thing we need is shadows. In this instance, the car was already   casting a decent shadow in the original image, so I cut that out and placed   it above the "framed" layer and   below the car layer. As you can see, I selected the area that would appear   from the inner edge of the "frame" to the outer edge of the image and   blurred it a bit. This just makes the whole thing fit together better. Next   step is to duplicate the "framed" layer and, with the lower layer   selected, go to &lt;b&gt;  Image &gt; Adjustments &gt; Hue and Saturation&lt;/b&gt; &amp;amp; slide the &lt;i&gt;Lightness&lt;/i&gt;   slider all the way to &lt;i&gt;-100%&lt;/i&gt;. I know that there are other ways to make   Drop Shadows, but I just happen to like the old ways. Pick up the &lt;a class="tooltiplink" href="javascript:void(0)" onmouseover="" align="left" src="http://biorust.com/classes/tooltips/ps-move.gif" border="1"&gt;The Move tool moves selections, layers, and guides.'); Activate();" onmouseout="deActivate()" alt=""&gt;Move Tool&lt;/a&gt; and   use your arrow keys to move the "shadow" down and to the side. I went to the   right, in this image, because the light appears to be coming from the left.   Also, the car's shadow is a little to the right and it's more pleasing to   the eye when you can be consistent with things like light sources and   shadows. When they don't match, it leaves the viewer with a "something's   wrong" feeling. Even if they can't actually see that a particular shadow is   out of place, they'll still get that feeling and will be left with a bad   impression of your work... &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;  &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td&gt;     &lt;p align="justify"&gt;  &lt;br /&gt; &lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;  &lt;b&gt;  &lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-outofbounds/OoB4NooBa6.jpg" align="right" border="0" height="227" width="300" /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;Step   6:&lt;/b&gt; ...Ahem...sorry...little tirade there. Anyway, back to the project!    You'll want to blur the "shadow" layer a little via &lt;b&gt;Filter &gt;   Blur &gt; Gaussian Blur&lt;/b&gt; and reduce it's opacity.   The shadow cast by the object should be the same opacity as the one cast by   the "frame". If you've created both shadows yourself, then you can just set   them to the same number on the Opacity slider. In this case, my car's shadow   came from the image, so it's opacity setting was different from that of the   "shadow" layer. I had to set it by eye and here's another place where   personal preference comes into play.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td&gt;     &lt;p align="justify"&gt;    &lt;br /&gt; Now all you have to do is unhide the cut-out layer you made in&lt;i&gt; step 2&lt;/i&gt;,   and you are finished!   The image below shows the result of all my   hard work. As you can see, I   made the "frame" at an angle to match the direction the car is facing and   cut off the back end of the car to better illustrate that it is coming from   inside of the "picture". Little touches like that can make a world of   difference. Now, get to work on one of your own! Vrooom! Vroooomm!!&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p align="center"&gt;  &lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;  &lt;b&gt;  &lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-outofbounds/OoB4NooBa7.jpg" border="0" height="375" width="500" /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8463986523746430165-2656463795426856853?l=samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/feeds/2656463795426856853/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/out-of-bounds-images-in-photoshop.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/2656463795426856853'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/2656463795426856853'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/out-of-bounds-images-in-photoshop.html' title='&apos;Out Of Bounds&apos; Images in Photoshop'/><author><name>Samuel</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00753985073471833813</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='28' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-5czIG5sgr2U/T4tG4OrAeMI/AAAAAAAAAVY/B7lEHgzUrs0/s220/for%2Btweet.JPG'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8463986523746430165.post-7201784584675742306</id><published>2009-09-27T00:53:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-09-27T00:54:24.470-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Adobe Photoshop'/><title type='text'>Thermoptic Camouflage in Photoshop</title><content type='html'>&lt;em&gt;Thermoptic camouflage&lt;/em&gt;, commonly known as the technology which allows the &lt;em&gt;'Predator'&lt;/em&gt; to become virtually transparent in the eponymous series of films, has been a popular component of sci-fi ever since it was first shown off in 1987. Whilst modern interpretations of this camouflage usually involve lots of computing power (or tricky editing) for moving video, it is remarkably simple to duplicate this effect for single-frame images using only Photoshop and a little filtering know-how. Interested? Read on...    &lt;table style="border-collapse: collapse;" id="AutoNumber8" border="0" bordercolor="#111111" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" width="100%"&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td&gt;     &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Step 1: &lt;/strong&gt;Before we can begin, you need to obtain a simple background image of any size and/or resolution showing a suitable location. I chose this one of the New York subway: &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;  &lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-thermopticcamouflage/image1gc4.jpg" border="1" height="327" width="500" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td&gt;     &lt;p align="justify"&gt;  &lt;br /&gt; &lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-thermopticcamouflage/aliencs3.jpg" align="right" border="0" height="315" width="402" /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Step 2: &lt;/strong&gt;After opening your source picture in Photoshop, find another image, this time of the character that will be camouflaged. I chose the &lt;em&gt;'Alien'&lt;/em&gt;. Pop the images side-by-side so you can work with them more conveniently.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt; You now have two choices - you can either select the outline of the character witrh the polygonal&lt;span class="tooltiplink"&gt; Lasso Tool&lt;/span&gt; (L) or you can use (as I did) the extraction filter (via&lt;strong&gt; Filter -&gt; Extract&lt;/strong&gt;). If you choose the latter method, pick the edge highlighter tool (B) with a relative small brush size and draw a line following the edges of your character. Zoom in and pan as needed. Don’t be afraid if you have blank spaces inside the character, and if you make a mistake use the&lt;a class="tooltiplink" href="javascript:void(0)" onmouseover="" align="left" src="http://biorust.com/classes/tooltips/ps-eraser.gif" border="1"&gt;The Eraser tool erases pixels and restores parts of an image to a previously saved state.'); Activate();" onmouseout="deActivate()" alt=""&gt; &lt;/a&gt;&lt;span class="tooltiplink"&gt;Eraser Tool&lt;/span&gt; (E). After you have circled your character, switch to the Fill Tool (G) and click inside the character outline that you have just drawn. This will make your outline fill up with color. Now press OK and you should only have the alien image over a transparent background. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-thermopticcamouflage/layervisibilityfg8.jpg" align="right" border="1" height="192" width="209" /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Step 3: &lt;/strong&gt;Click on the &lt;span class="tooltiplink"&gt;Move Tool&lt;/span&gt; (V) and make sure you have the alien layer selected. Now drag and drop the alien from the second photo onto the first photo with the background. Move it around and/or resize it so it looks good on the background. Select your first layer (i.e. the &lt;em&gt;background&lt;/em&gt;) &amp;amp; press &lt;strong&gt;Ctrl + A&lt;/strong&gt; to select it all and &lt;strong&gt;Ctrl + C&lt;/strong&gt; to clipboard it. Duplicate your alien layer by right clicking  in the layer tab and choosing &lt;strong&gt;Duplicate layer&lt;/strong&gt; from the dropdown menu. Select the second layer (i.e the alien layer), &lt;strong&gt;CTRL + Click&lt;/strong&gt; this layer, and press &lt;strong&gt;D&lt;/strong&gt; on your keyboard so that the color swatches revert to the default black/white.  Choose &lt;strong&gt;Filter &gt; Render &gt; Clouds&lt;/strong&gt; from the main menu to render a simple cloud effect in the shape of your selection. You won't see this effect at first, of course, because the top layer is covering it, so click on the eye check box next to the topmost layer to make it dissapear and the layer become invisible.&lt;/p&gt;     &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Step 4: &lt;/strong&gt;Making sure you have the second layer selected, take the &lt;span class="tooltiplink"&gt;Rectangular Marquee Too&lt;/span&gt;&lt;a class="tooltiplink" href="javascript:void(0)" onmouseover="" align="left" src="http://biorust.com/classes/tooltips/ps-rectangularmarquee.gif" border="1"&gt;The marquee tools make rectangular, elliptical, single row, and single column selections.'); Activate();" onmouseout="deActivate()" alt=""&gt;l&lt;/a&gt; (M) and create a rectanglar selection around the entire picture. Now make a new work area by going to &lt;strong&gt;File &gt; New, &lt;/strong&gt;and set the resolution to the exact same settings as your background image (if you don’t know these settings, you can right click it in windows explorer and choose &lt;strong&gt;properties &gt; summary&lt;/strong&gt; tab and click on the &lt;em&gt;ADVANCED&lt;/em&gt; button). No matter what the background of the new image you need to fill it with black. Go to &lt;strong&gt;Edit &gt; Fill&lt;/strong&gt; and choose black as the fill color. Press OK.&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;   &lt;strong&gt;Step 5: &lt;/strong&gt;Now select the other work area in which you’ve made the rectangular selection. Leave it as it is and choose the &lt;span class="tooltiplink"&gt;Move Tool&lt;/span&gt; (V). Drag and drop the rectangular selection on to the second work area and position it so it matches the first work area.     &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;  &lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-thermopticcamouflage/match1ij9.jpg" border="1" height="326" width="500" /&gt;      &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-thermopticcamouflage/match2je1.jpg" border="1" height="321" width="500" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td&gt;     &lt;p align="justify"&gt;  &lt;br /&gt; Now on the second work area (&lt;em&gt;the one with black and the silhouette of the alien in rendered clouds&lt;/em&gt;), &lt;strong&gt;Ctrl + Click&lt;/strong&gt; the second layer's thumbnail in the layer palette to select the alien. Choose &lt;strong&gt;Filter &gt; Sketch &gt; Bas Relief&lt;/strong&gt;. Change the &lt;em&gt;detail&lt;/em&gt; setting to 13 and the &lt;em&gt;smoothness&lt;/em&gt; to 6. Press OK to render the effect and merge all layers together via &lt;strong&gt;Layer &gt; Flatten Image&lt;/strong&gt;. Save the file anywhere you see fit, but ensure that you save it as a .PSD file. I called mine &lt;em&gt;displace.psd&lt;/em&gt;. You can now close this document.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;strong&gt;Step 6: &lt;/strong&gt;Now back to the first work area. Select the second layer and delete it by right clicking it in the layer palette and choosing (guess??) &lt;strong&gt;Delete Layer&lt;/strong&gt;. Now you wshould only have the &lt;em&gt;background&lt;/em&gt; layer and the hidden layer of the alien. Select the &lt;em&gt;background&lt;/em&gt; layer and run &lt;strong&gt;Filter &gt; Distort &gt; Glass&lt;/strong&gt;. On the dialog that pops up, set the &lt;em&gt;distortion&lt;/em&gt; to 8, the &lt;em&gt;smoothness&lt;/em&gt; to 9. and load our &lt;em&gt;displace.psd&lt;/em&gt; file as the texture, like this:     &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;  &lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-thermopticcamouflage/glassrz7.jpg" border="1" height="278" width="500" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td&gt;     &lt;p align="justify"&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-thermopticcamouflage/overlayopacityox0.jpg" align="right" border="1" height="164" width="213" /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Step 7: &lt;/strong&gt;It’s now time to unhide the alien layer. Click on the checkbox where the eye icon was previously showing to make the layer reappear. With this layer selected in the layer palette, set the &lt;em&gt;blending mode&lt;/em&gt; to &lt;em&gt;Overlay&lt;/em&gt; and the &lt;em&gt;opacity&lt;/em&gt; to &lt;em&gt;50%&lt;/em&gt;. Of course these settings can differ from picture to picture, so feel free to experiment with them.&lt;br /&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;       And there we go... all finished!  This is the final result of all my Photoshop wizardry, clearly showing a camouflaged alien. Scary, eh? You can also see it HERE at a higher resolution. Have fun! :) &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td&gt;     &lt;p align="center"&gt;  &lt;br /&gt; &lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/ps-thermopticcamouflage/finishah9-s.jpg" border="1" height="327" width="500" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8463986523746430165-7201784584675742306?l=samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/feeds/7201784584675742306/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/thermoptic-camouflage-in-photoshop.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/7201784584675742306'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/7201784584675742306'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/thermoptic-camouflage-in-photoshop.html' title='Thermoptic Camouflage in Photoshop'/><author><name>Samuel</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00753985073471833813</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='28' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-5czIG5sgr2U/T4tG4OrAeMI/AAAAAAAAAVY/B7lEHgzUrs0/s220/for%2Btweet.JPG'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8463986523746430165.post-981769946116127435</id><published>2009-09-27T00:49:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-09-27T00:51:37.868-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Adobe Illustrator'/><title type='text'>Create a Skull Tattoo in Adobe ILLustrator</title><content type='html'>&lt;p align="justify"&gt;        Lets face it - tattoos can look really cool, but         only when designed properly and for the individual         displaying them. In this tutorial you will learn about the &lt;span class="tooltiplink"&gt;Pen Tool&lt;/span&gt;, pathfinders, and         transforming objects while making a fairly basic but         cool looking skull tattoo. Once that's done, all         that's left to do is add it to a photo of your arm         to make sure it looks good, and then go to the         tattoo artist to get it done for real.  Simple!&lt;br /&gt;                             &lt;br /&gt;       &lt;strong&gt;Step 1:&lt;/strong&gt;   Create a new         document - it doesn't matter what size, because you         can resize vector graphics to any size you want         without losing quality. Then, using the &lt;span class="tooltiplink"&gt;Pen Tool&lt;/span&gt;, draw the shape         below (also known as a 'flair'), following all         additional instructions:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;        &lt;img alt="" src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/illus-skulltattoo/1.gif" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;" height="331" width="428" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="justify"&gt;        &lt;strong&gt;Step 2:&lt;/strong&gt;  Select your flair,         and copy &amp;amp; paste a new copy in front (CTRL+C to         copy, then CTRL+F to paste in front). Then go to &lt;b&gt;Object         &gt; Transform &gt; Reflect&lt;/b&gt; and select &lt;i&gt;horizontal&lt;/i&gt; to         reflect the shape over the horizontal axis.&lt;/p&gt;        &lt;p align="center"&gt;        &lt;img alt="" src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/illus-skulltattoo/2.gif" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;" height="331" width="428" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;        &lt;p align="justify"&gt;        &lt;strong&gt;Step 3:&lt;/strong&gt;  With the &lt;i&gt;Selection         Tool&lt;/i&gt; (black filled arrow) active, click to select your         copied object, move it to the left, then rotate the         top right corner down a little (when you hover near         the corner point, the cursor will change to the one         shown below - you can then click and drag to rotate         the object).&lt;/p&gt;        &lt;p align="center"&gt;        &lt;img alt="" src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/illus-skulltattoo/16.gif" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;" height="246" width="418" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;                              &lt;p align="justify"&gt;        &lt;strong&gt;Step 4:&lt;/strong&gt;  Make a crescent shape         using the &lt;a class="tooltiplink" href="javascript:void(0)" onmouseover="" align="left" src="http://biorust.com/classes/tooltips/ps-pen.gif" border="1"&gt;The pen tools let you draw smooth-edged paths.'); Activate();" onmouseout="deActivate()" alt=""&gt;Pen Tool&lt;/a&gt; again.&lt;/p&gt;        &lt;p align="center"&gt;        &lt;img alt="" src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/illus-skulltattoo/3.gif" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;" height="331" width="428" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;                              &lt;p align="justify"&gt;        &lt;strong&gt;Step 5:&lt;/strong&gt;  Select the two shapes         shown below, then click the &lt;i&gt;Trim&lt;/i&gt; button in the         &lt;i&gt;pathfinder window&lt;/i&gt; (to bring up the &lt;i&gt;pathfinder&lt;/i&gt;         window, go to &lt;b&gt;Window &gt; Pathfinder&lt;/b&gt;). &lt;i&gt;Trim&lt;/i&gt; will         cut the bottom object in to 2 pieces where it is         overlapped by the top object.&lt;/p&gt;        &lt;p align="center"&gt;        &lt;img alt="" src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/illus-skulltattoo/4.gif" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;" height="331" width="428" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;                              &lt;p align="justify"&gt;        &lt;strong&gt;Step 6:&lt;/strong&gt;  Select the shape shown and         move it in front of the other shapes (right click         the shape once selected and choose &lt;b&gt;Arrange &gt; Bring         to Front&lt;/b&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;        &lt;p align="center"&gt;        &lt;img alt="" src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/illus-skulltattoo/5.gif" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;" height="331" width="428" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;                              &lt;p align="justify"&gt;        &lt;strong&gt;Step 7:&lt;/strong&gt;  Grab your &lt;i&gt;Direct         Selection Tool&lt;/i&gt; (the white filled arrow) and use it         to select the shapes shown. Once selected, use the         &lt;i&gt;Trim&lt;/i&gt; pathfinder again.&lt;/p&gt;        &lt;p align="center"&gt;        &lt;img alt="" src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/illus-skulltattoo/6.gif" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;" height="235" width="428" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;                              &lt;p style="text-align: center;" align="justify"&gt;        Using the &lt;i&gt;&lt;span class="tooltiplink"&gt;Direct Selection Tool&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/i&gt;, select the shape         shown below and move it to the front.&lt;/p&gt;        &lt;p align="center"&gt;        &lt;img alt="" src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/illus-skulltattoo/7.gif" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;" height="265" width="428" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;        &lt;p align="center"&gt;         &lt;/p&gt;                              &lt;p align="justify"&gt;        &lt;strong&gt;Step 8:&lt;/strong&gt;  Now select all of         your shapes, and give them a 1pt white stroke.         Notice how the shapes are now intertwined?&lt;/p&gt;        &lt;p align="center"&gt;        &lt;img alt="" src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/illus-skulltattoo/9.gif" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;" height="207" width="428" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;                              &lt;p align="justify"&gt;        &lt;strong&gt;Step 9:&lt;/strong&gt;  Your flair is now         complete, so its time for some skull making. You will be         drawing the right half of the skull, using the pen         tool once again. I'll do my best to explain. Start         at the bottom with a click, then click and drag each         point on your way to a skull shape. When you get to         the top, just click (no drag), then click the         starting point again to complete the 1/2 skull. The         left side does not have to be perfectly straight.&lt;/p&gt;        &lt;p align="center"&gt;        &lt;img alt="" src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/illus-skulltattoo/11.gif" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;" height="206" width="428" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;                              &lt;p align="justify"&gt;        &lt;strong&gt;Step 10:&lt;/strong&gt;  Draw an eye socket         and a half nose with the &lt;span class="tooltiplink"&gt;Pen Tool&lt;/span&gt;, then fill them         with white. Zoom in for better control (CTRL+plus         symbol)&lt;/p&gt;        &lt;p align="center"&gt;        &lt;img alt="" src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/illus-skulltattoo/10.gif" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;" height="331" width="428" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;                              &lt;p align="justify"&gt;        &lt;strong&gt;Step 11:&lt;/strong&gt;  Here comes the fun         part - select everything, then copy and paste in         front (CTRL+C, CTRL+F). Then flip your copied         objects over the vertical axis (go to &lt;b&gt;Object &gt;         Transform &gt; Reflect&lt;/b&gt; then choose &lt;i&gt;Vertical&lt;/i&gt;). You         should now have this mess:&lt;/p&gt;        &lt;p align="center"&gt;        &lt;img alt="" src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/illus-skulltattoo/12.gif" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;" height="208" width="428" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;                              &lt;p align="justify"&gt;        &lt;strong&gt;Step 12:&lt;/strong&gt;  Now simply move your         copied objects over to complete the other half.         Let's get rid of the line down the middle of the         skull. Select the right eye socket and right half of         the nose and bring them to the front (right click &amp;amp;         choose &lt;b&gt;Arrange &gt; Bring to Front&lt;/b&gt; from the context         menu that pops up).&lt;/p&gt;        &lt;p align="center"&gt;        &lt;img alt="" src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/illus-skulltattoo/13.gif" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;" height="208" width="428" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;                              &lt;p align="justify"&gt;        &lt;strong&gt;Step 13:&lt;/strong&gt;  Finally, select the         two halves of the skull (not the eyes/nose) and         click the &lt;i&gt;Add to Shape Layer&lt;/i&gt; button in the         &lt;i&gt;pathfinder&lt;/i&gt; window.&lt;/p&gt;        &lt;p align="center"&gt;        &lt;img alt="" src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/illus-skulltattoo/14.gif" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;" height="147" width="327" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;        &lt;p align="center"&gt;        The final result:&lt;/p&gt;                &lt;img alt="" src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/illus-skulltattoo/15.gif" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;" height="184" width="598" /&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8463986523746430165-981769946116127435?l=samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/feeds/981769946116127435/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/create-skull-tattoo-in-adobe.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/981769946116127435'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/981769946116127435'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/create-skull-tattoo-in-adobe.html' title='Create a Skull Tattoo in Adobe ILLustrator'/><author><name>Samuel</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00753985073471833813</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='28' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-5czIG5sgr2U/T4tG4OrAeMI/AAAAAAAAAVY/B7lEHgzUrs0/s220/for%2Btweet.JPG'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8463986523746430165.post-2130267914624360528</id><published>2009-09-27T00:48:00.003-07:00</published><updated>2009-09-27T00:48:58.096-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Adobe Flash'/><title type='text'>Simple Flash Preloader</title><content type='html'>As the size of your flash file increases, so too does the time it takes to load it. Visitors to your site may get irritated if they have to wait for the animation to load. Using a preloader can help that - It will load all the necessary pieces prior to displaying the animation. It will also show its progress so visitors will be able to see how much is loaded and hopefully wait for it to finish!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;table style="border-collapse: collapse;color:#111111;" id="AutoNumber8" border="0" border cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" width="100%"&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr&gt;   &lt;td&gt;   &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Step 1&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;strong&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/flash-simpleflashpreloader/flashpreloader_step1.gif" align="right" border="1" height="121" width="294" /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;What we'll need to do is set up the necessary layers. We'll need one for &lt;em&gt;Actions&lt;/em&gt;, which is the scripts being used for the preloader. The &lt;em&gt;Text&lt;/em&gt; layer will show the percentage complete for the preloader as text. The &lt;em&gt;Stroke&lt;/em&gt; is just the stroke outside the progress bar. We want the progress bar to fill up within the stroke. The &lt;em&gt;Progress&lt;/em&gt; bar will visually show the preloader's progress by using a rectangle. And finally, the last layer is the actual &lt;em&gt;animation&lt;/em&gt; you want playing after the preloader has finished.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;  &lt;/tr&gt;  &lt;tr&gt;   &lt;td&gt;   &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Step 2 &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    On &lt;em&gt;Frame 1&lt;/em&gt; of the &lt;em&gt;Progress Bar&lt;/em&gt; layer I inserted a keyframe and drew a red rectangle  200 pixels wide and 20 pixels high:   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/flash-simpleflashpreloader/flashpreloader_step2.gif" height="86" width="296" /&gt;           &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="justify"&gt;I then selected the &lt;em&gt;progress bar&lt;/em&gt; and hit &lt;strong&gt;F8&lt;/strong&gt; to make it a &lt;em&gt;movie clip&lt;/em&gt;. Make sure the registration point is set as below. Why? Well... because we want the progress bar to fill from left to right!   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/flash-simpleflashpreloader/flashpreloader_step2a.gif" alt="" border="1" height="137" width="322" /&gt;           &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="justify"&gt;In the &lt;em&gt;Properties&lt;/em&gt; panel, name your progress bar &lt;em&gt;preloader&lt;/em&gt;:           &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/flash-simpleflashpreloader/flashpreloader_step2c.gif" alt="" border="1" height="79" width="323" /&gt;           &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="justify"&gt;On Frame 1 of the &lt;em&gt;Stroke&lt;/em&gt; layer, I inserted a keyframe and drew the following rectangle:           &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/flash-simpleflashpreloader/flashpreloader_step2d.gif" height="86" width="296" /&gt;           &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="justify"&gt;The above is just a stroke with no fill. The &lt;em&gt;Stroke&lt;/em&gt; layer is above the Progress Bar layer. Why did we do it this way? Its quite simple really - we want the progress bar to fill within the stroke area. If we added a stroke to the progress bar itself, it wouldn't look right! &lt;/p&gt;   &lt;p align="justify"&gt;On&lt;em&gt; Frame 1 &lt;/em&gt;of the &lt;em&gt;Text&lt;/em&gt; layer I inserted a keyframe and added a text box as follows:&lt;/p&gt;   &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/flash-simpleflashpreloader/flashpreloader_step2e.gif" height="86" width="296" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;   &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/flash-simpleflashpreloader/flashpreloader_step2f.gif" align="right" border="1" height="77" width="175" /&gt;I then selected the text box and on the &lt;em&gt;Properties&lt;/em&gt; panel I set it to &lt;em&gt;Dynamic Text&lt;/em&gt; and named it &lt;em&gt;loadText&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;   &lt;/td&gt;  &lt;/tr&gt;  &lt;tr&gt;   &lt;td&gt;   &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;        &lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Step 3 &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now that we have laid all the groundwork for our animation we can get to the script that will actually make this preloader work. On &lt;em&gt;Frame 1&lt;/em&gt; of the &lt;em&gt;Actions&lt;/em&gt; layer add the following code:   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;        &lt;table class="code" id="table9" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0"&gt;         &lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr&gt;            &lt;td&gt;var amountLoaded:Number = _root.getBytesLoaded()/_root.getBytesTotal();&lt;br /&gt;            &lt;strong&gt;preloader&lt;/strong&gt;._width = amountLoaded * &lt;strong&gt;200&lt;/strong&gt;;&lt;br /&gt;            &lt;strong&gt;loadText&lt;/strong&gt;.text = Math.round(amountLoaded * 100) + "%";&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;/tr&gt;       &lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;  &lt;/div&gt;        &lt;p align="justify"&gt;I highlighted the important pieces in the script. "&lt;em&gt;preloader&lt;/em&gt;" was the name we gave the progress bar. "&lt;em&gt;loadText&lt;/em&gt;" was the name we gave the text box. And "200" was the pixel width of the progress bar.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;         &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;  &lt;/tr&gt;  &lt;tr&gt;   &lt;td&gt;   &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Step 4 &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  On &lt;em&gt;Frame 2&lt;/em&gt; of the Actions layer  add the following code:      &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;           &lt;table class="code" id="table9" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0"&gt;             &lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr&gt;               &lt;td&gt;&lt;p&gt;if(_root.getBytesLoaded() == _root.getBytesTotal()) {&lt;br /&gt;                gotoAndPlay(3);&lt;br /&gt;                }&lt;/p&gt;                 &lt;p&gt;else {&lt;br /&gt;                  gotoAndPlay(1);&lt;br /&gt;                  }&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;             &lt;/tr&gt;           &lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;     &lt;/div&gt;   &lt;p align="justify"&gt;What this script is saying is if the bytes that have been loaded equals the total number of bytes in the file then the preloading is done and you can go to &lt;em&gt;frame 3&lt;/em&gt; and begin playing the animation. If the bytes loaded does not equal the total then go back to &lt;em&gt;frame 1&lt;/em&gt; and keep preloading.&lt;/p&gt;   &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;span class="style2"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;NOTE:&lt;/strong&gt; You may be asking why frame 3 has blank frames for the Text, Stroke, and Progress Bar layers. This is because we don't want the preloader to display once the actual animation is playing, which begins on frame 3. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;em&gt;Also, you may not even see your preloader display if your file size isn't that big. What you could do is add a few more objects to your design and then go to &lt;strong&gt;Control &gt; Test Movie&lt;/strong&gt;. The flash player should appear and your movie will play. On the Flash player menu go to &lt;strong&gt;View &gt; Download Settings&lt;/strong&gt; and choose the slowest setting. Then test the movie again and you should see your preloader working.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8463986523746430165-2130267914624360528?l=samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/feeds/2130267914624360528/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/simple-flash-preloader.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/2130267914624360528'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/2130267914624360528'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/simple-flash-preloader.html' title='Simple Flash Preloader'/><author><name>Samuel</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00753985073471833813</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='28' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-5czIG5sgr2U/T4tG4OrAeMI/AAAAAAAAAVY/B7lEHgzUrs0/s220/for%2Btweet.JPG'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8463986523746430165.post-821589920013228275</id><published>2009-09-27T00:48:00.001-07:00</published><updated>2009-09-27T00:48:23.639-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Adobe Flash'/><title type='text'>Animated Shine</title><content type='html'>Cars look so shiny and new after a nice wash and polish... How about we keep them that way? With this tutorial, you'll learn how to add an animated shine to your car using a gradient and mask technique. No need to even get your hands wet!&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;   &lt;table style="border-collapse: collapse;" id="AutoNumber8" border="0" bordercolor="#111111" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" width="100%"&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td&gt;     &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Step 1:&lt;/b&gt;  Find a nice image that you want to work with - I am using a picture of my car, a 2001 Mercury Cougar C2. The resolution of the image you choose will affect the quality of the end result (but also the filesize). &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/flash-animatedshine/cougar.jpg" border="1" height="148" width="267" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td&gt;     &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;        Step   2:&lt;/b&gt; Open a new document in Flash. I set my canvas size at 300 pixels wide and 200 pixels high. Go to &lt;strong&gt;File &gt; Import &gt; Import To Stage&lt;/strong&gt; and choose your image. I named the layer &lt;em&gt;CAR&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;    Create a new layer and call it &lt;em&gt;GRADIENT&lt;/em&gt;. Using the &lt;a class="tooltiplink" href="javascript:void(0)" onmouseover="" align="left" src="http://biorust.com/classes/tooltips/ps-rectangle.gif" border="1"&gt;The Rectangle Tool allows you to draw squares and rectangles.'); Activate();" onmouseout="deActivate()" alt=""&gt;Rectangle Tool&lt;/a&gt; draw a rectangle to the left of your image making sure it is taller than your image and that it has no border. The &lt;em&gt;fill&lt;/em&gt; should be a &lt;em&gt;linear white gradient &lt;/em&gt;with a &lt;em&gt;left fill of 0% alpha&lt;/em&gt;, a &lt;em&gt;middle fill of 100% alpha&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;right fill of 0% alpha&lt;/em&gt;. That basically means it's going from transparent to white to transparent. You should have the following so far:     &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/flash-animatedshine/animatedshine_step3.gif" border="1" height="293" width="208" /&gt;        &lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/flash-animatedshine/animatedshine_step3a.gif" border="1" height="201" width="301" /&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;      &lt;/b&gt;         &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td&gt;     &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Step   3:&lt;/b&gt; Now let's create the areas where we want the shine to animate. Create a new layer and call it &lt;em&gt;SHINE AREAS&lt;/em&gt;. Using the &lt;a class="tooltiplink" href="javascript:void(0)" onmouseover="" align="left" src="http://biorust.com/classes/tooltips/ps-pen.gif" border="1"&gt;The pen tools let you draw smooth-edged paths.'); Activate();" onmouseout="deActivate()" alt=""&gt;Pen Tool&lt;/a&gt; I defined some areas. Make sure there is no border. The fill can be any color, but I used red because it's easier to see on my image. Here are my results: &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/flash-animatedshine/animatedshine_step4.gif" border="1" height="200" width="302" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td&gt;&lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Step        4:&lt;/b&gt; On your timeline, insert keyframes at frame 30 for each of the 3 layers as seen below:           &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/flash-animatedshine/animatedshine_step5.gif" border="1" height="89" width="488" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;         &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td&gt;&lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Step        5: &lt;/b&gt;We want the gradient to move from left to right. It's position on the first keyframe is to the left. For the keyframe at 30 we want it's position to be all the way to the right. So click on the keyframe at 30 for the &lt;em&gt;GRADIENT&lt;/em&gt; layer. Holding down the Shift key on your keyboard, move the gradient all the way over to the right.       &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/flash-animatedshine/animatedshine_step6.gif" border="1" height="199" width="300" /&gt;&lt;b&gt; &lt;/b&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Step        6:&lt;/b&gt; Now click on any frame between 1 and 30 on the &lt;em&gt;GRADIENT&lt;/em&gt; layer. On the &lt;em&gt;Properties panel&lt;/em&gt; at the bottom of your screen, there is an option for &lt;em&gt;Tween&lt;/em&gt;. Set it to &lt;em&gt;Shape&lt;/em&gt;. This will animate your gradient shape, making it move from left to right. You should see the following in your timeline to signify the tween is in place: &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/flash-animatedshine/animatedshine_step7.gif" border="1" height="88" width="488" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td&gt;&lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Step          7:&lt;/b&gt; If you were to hit the ENTER key at this point, you would see that the white gradient will move from left to right. Cool... but not exactly what we were looking for yet! There's one final step to finish it off. So, right click on your &lt;em&gt;SHINE AREAS&lt;/em&gt; layer and choose &lt;strong&gt;Mask&lt;/strong&gt;:                  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.biorust.com/tutorials/flash-animatedshine/animatedshine_step8.gif" border="1" height="208" width="240" /&gt;             &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="justify"&gt;So now, instead of the white gradient displaying fully across the image, it will only display within the shine areas that were created! Here is my final result. Enjoy!&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;  &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td&gt;    &lt;p align="center"&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8463986523746430165-821589920013228275?l=samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/feeds/821589920013228275/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/animated-shine.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/821589920013228275'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/821589920013228275'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/animated-shine.html' title='Animated Shine'/><author><name>Samuel</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00753985073471833813</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='28' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-5czIG5sgr2U/T4tG4OrAeMI/AAAAAAAAAVY/B7lEHgzUrs0/s220/for%2Btweet.JPG'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8463986523746430165.post-8580445119440654175</id><published>2009-09-27T00:44:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-09-27T00:47:40.418-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Cinema 4D'/><title type='text'>HyperNURBs Modelling (inc. Weights)</title><content type='html'>&lt;b&gt;Step 1 - Modelling the Pipe&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;table style="border-collapse: collapse;" id="table8" border="0" bordercolor="#111111" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" width="100%"&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td valign="top"&gt;     &lt;p align="center"&gt;     &lt;img src="http://biorust.com/tutorials/cinema4d-hypernurbs/colun1.jpg" align="right" border="1" height="158" width="111" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="justify"&gt;The first and &lt;i&gt;'hardest'&lt;/i&gt; step is to make a cube. To do this, just point-and-click   on &lt;b&gt;Objects &gt; Primitive &gt; Cube&lt;/b&gt; in the menu.  Every object created within Cinema 4D starts as a "primitive" object. It   cannot be edited normally, except by Cinema 4D's own rules and   configurations. Thus, in order to edit this cube as a more basic bunch of   polygons, we must transform it into an Editable Poly. Yet again this is   quite simple to do - just click on the "&lt;i&gt;Make Object Editable&lt;/i&gt;"   icon in the left menu.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td valign="top"&gt;     &lt;p align="justify"&gt;Now that the object has been converted into its raw   component polygons, we can get down to some serious business! Select the &lt;i&gt;Polygon Edition Tool&lt;/i&gt; in the left   menu, and then the &lt;i&gt;Live Selection tool&lt;/i&gt; (as shown by the pictures   below on the left and right respectively).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;  &lt;img src="http://biorust.com/tutorials/cinema4d-hypernurbs/colun2.jpg" border="0" height="113" width="56" /&gt;  &lt;img src="http://biorust.com/tutorials/cinema4d-hypernurbs/colun3.jpg" border="0" height="46" width="224" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td valign="top"&gt;     &lt;p align="justify"&gt;     Select the uppermost polygon, right-click on it and select the &lt;i&gt;Extrude&lt;/i&gt;   option. Extrude "lifts" up the section.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;     &lt;img src="http://biorust.com/tutorials/cinema4d-hypernurbs/colun4.jpg" border="1" height="448" width="450" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td valign="top"&gt;     &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Click and hold the mouse button while moving it to extrude the polygon.   Repeat this step four times, until the object looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;  &lt;img src="http://biorust.com/tutorials/cinema4d-hypernurbs/colun5.jpg" border="0" height="458" width="439" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="justify"&gt;  Extrude the bottom and right-side polygons, so that your model looks like   ours below:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;  &lt;img src="http://biorust.com/tutorials/cinema4d-hypernurbs/colun5b.jpg" border="0" height="450" width="325" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td valign="top"&gt;     &lt;p align="center"&gt;     &lt;img src="http://biorust.com/tutorials/cinema4d-hypernurbs/colun6.jpg" align="left" border="1" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="justify"&gt;  Now make a HyperNURBs Object by selecting&lt;b&gt; Objects &gt; NURBs -   HyperNURBs&lt;/b&gt;. Really hard, huh? We are now ready to smooth this bunch of cubes.   So, in the Object manager, drag down the cube object over the HyperNURBs, thus   making it a "son" of this object and applying the smoothing effect.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="justify"&gt;     &lt;img src="http://biorust.com/tutorials/cinema4d-hypernurbs/colun7.jpg" border="1" height="71" width="217" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td valign="top"&gt;     &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;br /&gt; An important point to notice is that the HyperNURBs will smooth ONLY the first   &lt;i&gt;son&lt;/i&gt;   listed, completely ignoring the rest (i.e. if you have two sons, &lt;i&gt;cube1&lt;/i&gt; and   &lt;i&gt;cube2&lt;/i&gt;, and the &lt;i&gt;cube1&lt;/i&gt; is the first listed, only &lt;i&gt;cube1&lt;/i&gt; will be smoothen -   &lt;i&gt;cube2&lt;/i&gt; will remain sharp). This said, it actually &lt;u&gt;does&lt;/u&gt; smooth   ALL the sons of the first   son (i.e. Nested Objects). So, if you want to smooth multiple objects, compact them within a&lt;i&gt; Null   Object &lt;/i&gt;(&lt;b&gt;Objects &gt; Null Object&lt;/b&gt;) and then make the&lt;i&gt; Null Object&lt;/i&gt; a son of the  &lt;i&gt;HyperNURBs object&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt; If everything has gone smoothly (if you'll excuse the   pun), our pipe will now look nice and smooth... but still be far from complete.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;  &lt;img src="http://biorust.com/tutorials/cinema4d-hypernurbs/colun9.jpg" border="0" height="450" width="340" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;table style="border-collapse: collapse;" id="table9" border="0" bordercolor="#111111" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" width="100%"&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td valign="top"&gt;&lt;p align="justify"&gt;Let's start by editing the top. Select the &lt;i&gt;Edge Edition   mode&lt;/i&gt;, which is exactly above the &lt;i&gt;Polygon Edition&lt;/i&gt; button, and then click the&lt;i&gt;   Live Selection&lt;/i&gt; object. (Note: You MUST actually click the &lt;i&gt;Live selection&lt;/i&gt;   button   even if it is already selected, because you must later edit the &lt;i&gt;  HyperNURBs weight&lt;/i&gt; via the &lt;i&gt;Attributes Editor&lt;/i&gt;, which is only selectable via the   &lt;i&gt;Live Selection&lt;/i&gt; attributes. When you click the &lt;i&gt;Edge Edition&lt;/i&gt;, the attributes   editor is set to the &lt;i&gt;Edge Edition tool&lt;/i&gt;, meaning that you wouldn't find the Weight   editor).  With this little issue clarified, select the top edges.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;  &lt;img src="http://biorust.com/tutorials/cinema4d-hypernurbs/colun10.jpg" border="0" height="450" width="340" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td valign="top"&gt;     &lt;p align="justify"&gt;     In the attributes manager, select &lt;i&gt;HyperNURBs Weights&lt;/i&gt;, adjust it to &lt;i&gt;100%&lt;/i&gt; and then   press the &lt;i&gt;Set&lt;/i&gt; button. This will ensure that these edges have 100% weight   against the smoothing, or, in   other words, completely ignore the smoothing strength of the HyperNURBs.   Cool, huh?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;     &lt;img src="http://biorust.com/tutorials/cinema4d-hypernurbs/colun11.jpg" border="1" height="154" width="365" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td valign="top"&gt;     &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Repeat this step with the other openings.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;  &lt;img src="http://biorust.com/tutorials/cinema4d-hypernurbs/colun12.jpg" border="0" height="200" width="450" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="justify"&gt;  Let's give a final touch to the side-opening to make it sharper. Select the   inner edges and apply a 100% Weight to them.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;  &lt;img src="http://biorust.com/tutorials/cinema4d-hypernurbs/colun13.jpg" border="0" height="400" width="351" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;  &lt;img src="http://biorust.com/tutorials/cinema4d-hypernurbs/colun14.jpg" border="0" height="539" width="430" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td valign="top"&gt;     &lt;p align="justify"&gt;And that's it - The pipe is done! It's good to remember that   the weights can also be added to polygons and points as well as edges, thus   ensuring a staggering level of flexibility. If you want, play around with the weights in other extruded   sections and try to make something like   this model we rendered earlier...&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;  &lt;img src="http://biorust.com/tutorials/cinema4d-hypernurbs/colunfinal.jpg" border="0" height="450" width="359" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8463986523746430165-8580445119440654175?l=samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/feeds/8580445119440654175/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/hypernurbs-modelling-inc-weights.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/8580445119440654175'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/8580445119440654175'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/hypernurbs-modelling-inc-weights.html' title='HyperNURBs Modelling (inc. Weights)'/><author><name>Samuel</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00753985073471833813</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='28' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-5czIG5sgr2U/T4tG4OrAeMI/AAAAAAAAAVY/B7lEHgzUrs0/s220/for%2Btweet.JPG'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8463986523746430165.post-8788279022063629997</id><published>2009-09-27T00:39:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-09-27T00:44:39.751-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Adobe Photoshop'/><title type='text'>Simple Painterly Effects</title><content type='html'>&lt;p align="justify"&gt;Photoshop is a fantastically well featured program which can  take years to master. This does not mean, however, that superb photographic  effects are beyond the grasp of novice users.  This tutorial describes a  very simple technique for creating images with oil-painted effects using nothing  more than a photograph and the basic Photoshop tools.  The end result is as  impressive as it is simple! &lt;/p&gt;     &lt;table style="border-collapse: collapse;" id="AutoNumber8" border="0" bordercolor="#111111" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" width="100%"&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td&gt;  &lt;img src="http://biorust.com/tutorials/ps-simplepainterly/step1.jpg" align="left" height="177" width="262" /&gt;    &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Step   1:&lt;/b&gt; Open up a stock image in Photoshop of any size and/or format. The   best results for this tutorial usually involve images with a high resolution   and lots of bright colors.  Once you have done this, select &lt;b&gt;Layer &gt;   Duplicate Layer&lt;/b&gt; from the main menu to create a duplicate layer on top of   your base photograph.&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td valign="top"&gt;  &lt;img src="http://biorust.com/tutorials/ps-simplepainterly/step2.jpg" align="left" height="107" width="262" /&gt;      &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Step 2:&lt;/b&gt; Using your mouse, select the   top/duplicated layer in the layers palette and set the &lt;i&gt;blending mode&lt;/i&gt;   to &lt;i&gt;Overlay&lt;/i&gt;. &lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td&gt;  &lt;img src="http://biorust.com/tutorials/ps-simplepainterly/step3.jpg" align="left" height="164" width="262" /&gt;      &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Step 3:&lt;/b&gt; With the top layer still active, load up   the cutout filter via&lt;i&gt; &lt;/i&gt;&lt;b&gt;Filter &gt; Artistic &gt; Cutout&lt;/b&gt;&lt;i&gt;,&lt;/i&gt; and   enter in the settings on the left.  When finished, press OK.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;  &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td&gt;  &lt;img src="http://biorust.com/tutorials/ps-simplepainterly/step4.jpg" align="left" height="107" width="262" /&gt;      &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Step 4:&lt;/b&gt; Select the bottom/background layer using   the layers palette, and run &lt;b&gt;Filter &gt; Blur &gt; Gaussian Blur&lt;/b&gt; with a &lt;i&gt;  radius&lt;/i&gt; of &lt;i&gt;4.2 pixels&lt;/i&gt;.  You can vary this value to taste if   needed.  Press OK when you are finished.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td&gt;  &lt;p align="justify"&gt;  &lt;br /&gt; &lt;b&gt;Results:&lt;/b&gt; And its really that simple!  You should now be graced   with an image that looks as if it has been painted using traditional   techniques.  Of course, this technique is no substitute for the skills   of a trained artist, but for under one minutes work, the effect is still   pretty darned good!&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p align="center"&gt;  &lt;img src="http://biorust.com/tutorials/ps-simplepainterly/beforeafter.jpg" border="0" height="400" width="420" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8463986523746430165-8788279022063629997?l=samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/feeds/8788279022063629997/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/simple-painterly-effects.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/8788279022063629997'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/8788279022063629997'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/simple-painterly-effects.html' title='Simple Painterly Effects'/><author><name>Samuel</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00753985073471833813</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='28' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-5czIG5sgr2U/T4tG4OrAeMI/AAAAAAAAAVY/B7lEHgzUrs0/s220/for%2Btweet.JPG'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8463986523746430165.post-3941291555165643382</id><published>2009-09-19T03:01:00.001-07:00</published><updated>2009-09-19T03:01:30.236-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Adobe Illustrator'/><title type='text'>Create a Character Mascot with Adobe Illustrator CS4</title><content type='html'>&lt;p&gt;Mascots are becoming increasingly popular in web design. In this intermediate Illustrator tutorial we will show you how to &lt;strong&gt;create a vector character mascot&lt;/strong&gt; from a sketch in Adobe Illustrator CS4. The techniques in this tutorial can easily be applied to other illustrations, icons, and design elements; as well as legacy versions of Illustrator.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Final Image&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Below is the final illustration we will be working towards.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter" src="http://colorburned.com/wp-content/uploads/rype-character/cbchrct_final.jpg" alt="Final Image" height="595" width="570" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Tutorial Details&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Program: Adobe Illustrator&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Version: CS4&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Difficulty: Intermediate&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Estimated Completion Time: 2 hours&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 1&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;To start, create a sketch of your character. I like to use my Wacom pen tablet and Photoshop to create the sketch, but you can use whatever medium you choose. After creating the sketch, scan it (if you are using traditional media) and save it on you computer in an easily accessible spot.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter" src="http://colorburned.com/wp-content/uploads/rype-character/cbchrct_01.jpg" alt="Step 1" height="521" width="570" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 2&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now to Illustrator. Create a new document and place you sketch in your new document by going File &gt; Edit &gt; Place. Find you sketch on your computer and center the image on your document.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter" src="http://colorburned.com/wp-content/uploads/rype-character/cbchrct_02.jpg" alt="Step 2" height="556" width="570" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 3&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Once placed, choose Template from the pop-up menu of the Layers panel, making it a little easier to trace the image in the following Steps.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter" src="http://colorburned.com/wp-content/uploads/rype-character/cbchrct_03.jpg" alt="Step 3" height="602" width="570" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 4&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now that we have the sketch on a template layer we can create new layer to trace the sketch. To create a new layer, press the new layer button in the bottom right of the Layers panel. Creating multiple layers helps with organization and workflow. It is also a good idea to name the layer by double-clicking on the new layer and renaming it in the Layers Options dialog. Name the first layer Face.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter" src="http://colorburned.com/wp-content/uploads/rype-character/cbchrct_04.jpg" alt="Step 4" height="1165" width="570" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 5&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;With the Pen tool (P), start tracing the dominate shapes of the face, making sure you close the paths for easy filling, like the skin of the face and the hair. For some of the other face elements like the nose and mouth outlines, you can keep them as open paths. In the next Steps we are going to create a brush that make it easy to give the paths a tapped stroke look.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter" src="http://colorburned.com/wp-content/uploads/rype-character/cbchrct_05.jpg" alt="Step 5" height="550" width="570" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 6&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now that we traced the shapes and lines of the face we can create the irises of the eyes with the Ellipse tool (L). Create three ellipses, one big, the second smaller and centered within the bigger one, and the third off to side of the centered ellipse.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter" src="http://colorburned.com/wp-content/uploads/rype-character/cbchrct_06.jpg" alt="Step 6" height="342" width="570" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 7&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Use the Ellipse tool (L) a create an oblong ellipse, considerably wider than it is tall. Drag the ellipse in the Brush panel and chose New Art Brush from the New Brush dialog. Once in the Art Brush Options dialog, change the Colorization to Tints, making it easy to change the color of the brush.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter" src="http://colorburned.com/wp-content/uploads/rype-character/cbchrct_07.jpg" alt="Step 7" height="1229" width="570" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 8&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Select the open paths from your trace, and select the new brush form the Brush panel. You might have to change the Stroke Weight on some of the paths from the Stroke panel depending on if the stroke needs to be thicker or narrower.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter" src="http://colorburned.com/wp-content/uploads/rype-character/cbchrct_08.jpg" alt="Step 8" height="654" width="570" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 9&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Fill in the closed shapes with appropriate color and change the stroke color for the brushed paths.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter" src="http://colorburned.com/wp-content/uploads/rype-character/cbchrct_09.jpg" alt="Step 9" height="1055" width="570" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 10&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Using gradients creates a sense of a light source. For this tutorial we are going to imagine the light source coming from the left side of the character. Start with the face shape, and create a linear gradient from the Gradient panel. Use your skin color for the left Color Stop and a darker skin color for the right Color Stop in the gradient. By default you gradient is probably already looking correct, but if not, use the Gradient tool (G) and adjust the gradient from left to right, making the lighter part of the gradient on the left of the face.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter" src="http://colorburned.com/wp-content/uploads/rype-character/cbchrct_10.jpg" alt="Step 10" height="773" width="570" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 11&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Go through the rest of you closed shapes and create linear gradient keeping in mind your light source. Also keep in mind you want smooth transition from shape to shape. A good example is the right ear shape. If you adjust the gradient so the lighter part of the gradient is on the left side, the ear will look funny. A simple fix is to reverse you gradient so the colors next to each other match. For the eye make the gradient vertical so the darker part of the gradient is at the top of the iris shape.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter" src="http://colorburned.com/wp-content/uploads/rype-character/cbchrct_11.jpg" alt="Step 11" height="519" width="570" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 12&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;The face is starting to look pretty good, but let’s add some more shapes and gradients to give a little more depth and character. Start by creating an ellipse with the Ellipse tool (L). Make the ellipse about the size of an eye and place right below the right eye. Fill the ellipse with a radial gradient from the gradient panel. Change both of the Color Stops to a pink skin color. Then, change the Opacity in the Gradient panel of the second Color Stop to 0. Copy (Command + C) and Paste (Command + V) the ellipse and place under the opposite eye.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter" src="http://colorburned.com/wp-content/uploads/rype-character/cbchrct_12.jpg" alt="Step 12" height="2339" width="570" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 13&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;For the next shape, use the Pen tool (P) and create a shape that distinguishes the contour of the nose mouth and eyes. Next, select the main face shape, Copy (Command + C), and Paste in Front (Command + F ). Select the copy and the new face shape and press the Intersect button from the Pathfinder panel. FIll the intersected shape with the same gradient as the previous Step’s ellipses except make the gradient linear. Adjust the gradient with the Gradient Tool (G) and go Object &gt; Arrange &gt; Send Backward (Command + [) until the shape is arranged right after the face shape.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter" src="http://colorburned.com/wp-content/uploads/rype-character/cbchrct_13.jpg" alt="Step 13" height="2505" width="570" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 14&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Create a new layer from the Layers panel and name it Body. In the Layers panel drag the Body layer below the Face layer.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter" src="http://colorburned.com/wp-content/uploads/rype-character/cbchrct_14.jpg" alt="Step 14" height="846" width="570" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 15&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;In the new Body layer, trace the body of you character, like you did the head. Also trace the keyboard of the laptop, but not the screen.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter" src="http://colorburned.com/wp-content/uploads/rype-character/cbchrct_15.jpg" alt="Step 15" height="622" width="570" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 16&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Fill the shapes in with some basic color like with the face.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter" src="http://colorburned.com/wp-content/uploads/rype-character/cbchrct_16.jpg" alt="Step 16" height="570" width="570" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 17&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Also just like the face, fill the shapes in with gradients and draw extra shapes to create more depth. Great places to do this are in the clothing and skin.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter" src="http://colorburned.com/wp-content/uploads/rype-character/cbchrct_17.jpg" alt="Step 17" height="594" width="570" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 18&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Create a new Layer and name it Computer.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter" src="http://colorburned.com/wp-content/uploads/rype-character/cbchrct_18.jpg" alt="Step 18" height="330" width="570" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 19&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Trace the laptop screen with the Pen tool (P) like you have previously done.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter" src="http://colorburned.com/wp-content/uploads/rype-character/cbchrct_19.jpg" alt="Step 19" height="620" width="570" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 20&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Again, fill it in with some basic color, add some gradients to create some depth, and finish it up with some extra Pen tool (P) drawn shapes. Use the technique in Step 13 to Intersect the new shapes so they align with the object below.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter" src="http://colorburned.com/wp-content/uploads/rype-character/cbchrct_20.jpg" alt="Step 20" height="1156" width="570" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 21&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Create a new Layer and call it Background. Arrange the Background layer in the Layers panel so it is behind all layers except the Template layer.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter" src="http://colorburned.com/wp-content/uploads/rype-character/cbchrct_21.jpg" alt="Step 21" height="284" width="570" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 22&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;To create the background shapes, first create an oblong ellipse with the Ellipse tool (L). With the Selection tool (V) rotate the ellipse slightly to the right. Copy (Command + C) the ellipse and Paste in Back (Command + B). With the copy selected, scale it slightly with the Selection tool (V). To scale it proportionally from the center, hold down Command + Option/ Alt + Shift. while scaling.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter" src="http://colorburned.com/wp-content/uploads/rype-character/cbchrct_22.jpg" alt="Step 22" height="2192" width="570" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 23&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Hold down the Option/Alt key and drag out a copy of the original ellipse to the bottom right side of the other two ellipses. Copy (Command + C) the original ellipse and Paste in Front (Command + F). Select the copy and offset copy and press the Intersect button in the Pathfinder panel.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter" src="http://colorburned.com/wp-content/uploads/rype-character/cbchrct_23.jpg" alt="Step 23" height="1423" width="570" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 24&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Fill the first two ellipse with a light blue-green and a dark blue-green. For the offset ellipse, fill it with a radial gradient with the first Color Stop a light green-blue and the second a darker blue-green color.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter" src="http://colorburned.com/wp-content/uploads/rype-character/cbchrct_24.jpg" alt="Step 24" height="1099" width="570" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 25&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;We are pretty much done, but we can customize it more by adding a logo to the t-shirt and computer screen. For this tutorial, Grant was kind enough to let me use the Colorburned logo. No matter what logo you are using, place a copy on the Body and Computer Layer.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter" src="http://colorburned.com/wp-content/uploads/rype-character/cbchrct_25.jpg" alt="Step 25" height="732" width="570" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 26&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;After placing the logos, we want to make sure that the look like they have the correct perspective. For both logos we can get away with just rotating them slightly to the left. For some logos you might have to alter them considerable more. I suggest using the Transform tool. With the Transform tool (E), click and hold an anchor point, then press the Command Key (Ctrl for Windows), and adjust accordingly. Make sure you click and hold on the anchor before you press the Command Key, or else it will not work.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter" src="http://colorburned.com/wp-content/uploads/rype-character/cbchrct_26.jpg" alt="Step 26" height="1038" width="570" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 27&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;For the logo on the t-shirt, we are going to keep the Colorburned branding color, but for the logo on the computer, we are going to make it look like it is stamped into the laptop. To start fill the computer logo with a gradient similar to the lightest gradient in your computer, but with both Color Stops lighter. Adjust the Gradient so the darker color is at the bottom of the logo. With the logo still selected, go Object &gt; Path &gt; Offset. In the Offset dialog, change the Offset to 3 px (this can change depending on the dimensions of your illustration) and choose Round from the Joins drop-down menu. Fill the offset shape with a linear gradient with the first Color Stop white and the second Color Stop a dark computer color. Adjust the gradient so the darker part of the gradient is at the top of the offset.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter" src="http://colorburned.com/wp-content/uploads/rype-character/cbchrct_27.jpg" alt="Step 27" height="1622" width="570" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 28&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now all that is left to do, is press the visibility icon in the layers panel for the Template layer and you are done!&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter" src="http://colorburned.com/wp-content/uploads/rype-character/cbchrct_28.jpg" alt="Step 28" height="574" width="570" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Final Image&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Again is the final character illustration.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img class="aligncenter" src="http://colorburned.com/wp-content/uploads/rype-character/cbchrct_final.jpg" alt="cbchrct_final" height="595" width="570" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8463986523746430165-3941291555165643382?l=samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/feeds/3941291555165643382/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/create-character-mascot-with-adobe.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/3941291555165643382'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/3941291555165643382'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/create-character-mascot-with-adobe.html' title='Create a Character Mascot with Adobe Illustrator CS4'/><author><name>Samuel</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00753985073471833813</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='28' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-5czIG5sgr2U/T4tG4OrAeMI/AAAAAAAAAVY/B7lEHgzUrs0/s220/for%2Btweet.JPG'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8463986523746430165.post-8398386304484548297</id><published>2009-09-19T02:56:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-09-19T02:58:30.893-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Adobe Photoshop'/><title type='text'>Handy Techniques for Cutting Out Hair in Photoshop</title><content type='html'>&lt;p&gt;When trimming out images in Photoshop, human hair or animal fur always proves troublesome and can be tricky to achieve a realistic look. Here are two techniques I use on images with both plain backgrounds, and those with a varied background tones, each achieving pretty decent end results.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span id="more-2301"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Technique One: Images with Plain Backgrounds&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;The best photos are those professional studio type shots that are taken against a plain white background. These shots make it much easier to find the edges of the subject, but trimming out fine hairs can still be a little tricky. In this example we’ll be using the common Channel technique to trim out this lovely lady.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/cutting-hair/Picture-2.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Open up your image in Photoshop. This particular image doesn’t have a pure white background, but it is a plain colour and has good contrast between the subject and grey backdrop.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/cutting-hair/Picture-5.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Head over to the Channels palette and review each of the Red, Green and Blue channels. Each one will be made up of slightly different tones, pick the one with the most contrast between foreground and background. Drag this channel onto the new channel icon to duplicate it.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/cutting-hair/Picture-6.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;With only the new channel selected, adjust the Levels (CMD+L) to dramatically increase the contrast between light and dark areas. However, don’t go too far, as you’ll notice some horrendous pixilation appearing in the fine areas.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/cutting-hair/Picture-7.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Due to the slight variation in tone of the background, it appears grey in the darker areas. Use the Dodge tool set to a low Opacity to target the highlights and brush over this background area to really brighten it up.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/cutting-hair/Picture-8.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Switch over to the Burn tool and target the shadows to dramatically darken down the inner areas of the image to pure black.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/cutting-hair/Picture-9.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Use the brush tool to finish off the blacks by painting over the remaining areas of the inner section of the image.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/cutting-hair/Picture-10.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Inverse the image to switch over the black and white areas (CMD+I), and give a quick check for any stray areas that may have been missed by the brush.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/cutting-hair/Picture-11.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;CMD+Click the Channel thumbnail to load the selection, then turn back on the visibility of the original channels. Head back over to the Layers palette and copy the selection. Paste it on a new layer and hide the original to see the cut out image against transparency.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/cutting-hair/Picture-13.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;The selection has managed to trim out even the finest of hairs to give a realistic cut. Paste the photo against an alternate background. Zoom in and check for any light coloured fringes around the edges, especially if placed against a darker background. These can be reduced using the Burn tool set to Highlights and gently brushed over the outline of the image.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Technique Two: Images with Detailed Backgrounds&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;The Channels technique is all well and good for studio photography with plain backgrounds, but it gets a little more difficult on standard shots with detailed backgrounds getting in the way. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/cutting-hair/Picture-14.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Open up your image in Photoshop. This image has a decent contrast between foreground and background, but certain areas of the hair do blend in with the darker tones of the backdrop.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/cutting-hair/Picture-15.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Start by trimming out the clear edges with the Pen Tool, but when you reach the hair simply create a rough tracing.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/cutting-hair/Picture-16.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Around the hair portion, aim to include only solid areas of hair that aren’t merging with the background, otherwise the lighter tones will mess things up later.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/cutting-hair/Picture-17.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Make a selection with a feathering of 0.2 pixels to remove any harsh edges then paste onto a new layer. Reduce the transparency of the image so that the original hair line can just be seen.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/cutting-hair/Picture-18.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Here’s where the fun begins! Use the Smudge Tool to draw in areas of new hair, using the original outline as a template. Begin with a 4px brush to flesh out the thick base hair and disguise the jaggy lines from the path. A Wacom Graphics Tablet really comes in handy here to speed up the process and help add varied line thicknesses.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/cutting-hair/Picture-19.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;The new hair will soon flesh out the image back to its original appearance. It doesn’t look too bad at this stage, but repeating the process with a thinner brush will draw in those individual hairs.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/cutting-hair/Picture-20.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Use a 2px brush with the Smudge Tool to draw thin stray hairs in varied directions to add realism to the image. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/cutting-hair/Picture-21.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;The photo can then be placed on any background with ease, and displays a crisp cut-out with no fringing or loss of fine detail. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8463986523746430165-8398386304484548297?l=samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/feeds/8398386304484548297/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/handy-techniques-for-cutting-out-hair.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/8398386304484548297'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/8398386304484548297'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/handy-techniques-for-cutting-out-hair.html' title='Handy Techniques for Cutting Out Hair in Photoshop'/><author><name>Samuel</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00753985073471833813</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='28' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-5czIG5sgr2U/T4tG4OrAeMI/AAAAAAAAAVY/B7lEHgzUrs0/s220/for%2Btweet.JPG'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8463986523746430165.post-794455900685105578</id><published>2009-09-19T02:54:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-09-19T02:55:47.691-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Cinema 4D'/><title type='text'>3D Text Shatter Effect - Cinema 4D</title><content type='html'>&lt;div class="headline"&gt;               &lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/full_600x300.jpg" alt="" /&gt;                     &lt;/div&gt;                        &lt;p&gt;I’m going to show you how to make a 3D text shatter effect. This effect is made in two programs, Cinema 4D and Photoshop.If you haven’t heard of Cinema 4D before it is a relatively easy to use 3d application, it is quite similar to 3dsMax or Maya. I will go pretty in depth with the Cinema 4D part, for all the inexperienced users, so bare with me if I go too slow. Now enough chit chat, let’s jump in.&lt;span id="more-795"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Required Resources&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;In this tutorial we will be using some resources you will want to download before starting:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://www.box.net/shared/static/jgoed6n0rd.zip"&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/images/download_support_files.jpg" alt="Download" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.c4dtextures.com/modules/rmdp/down.php?id=177"&gt;(Optional) Cinema 4d material&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;note: you will have to make an account to be able to download this material, it is well worth the effort though since it is one of the biggest c4d material providers on the web!&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Final Image Preview&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/full_600.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Step 1: Creating the basic text&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;Open up Cinema 4D and make a text object&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_m54ac9b79.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Write “Media Militia” in the text object&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_479b05a6.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now rotate your text object: 90* on the X axis and -90* on the Y axis&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_126b7ada.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Create an Extrude NURBS object&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_4f0255ca.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;And drop your text in it&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_25835444.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Change the object properties of the Extrude NURBS to 0 / 0 / 35&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_7cf0ea31.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now take your ExtrudeNURBS object and hit “C” (this makes your object editable)&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_19312ed3.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Open this object and select everything (Ctrl+A) then right click your object and press “Connect”&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;You can now delete your old object that you just “Connected”&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_5f900e4f.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Rename your object “Media Militia”&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Take the polygon tool and the Rectangle Selection tool, make sure to un check the “only select visible elements” box&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_m1b17b0c9.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_m4636f81c.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_17ee1c9f.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now with the scroll button of your mouse click on your “canvas” and you will see that four different views just opened up, we will be using the top view&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_7ba52bd9.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;So middle click on the top view to make that view bigger, and select the first “M” letter of Media Militia right click on it and press “Split”&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_475e2783.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;This creates a new object with just the “M” now delete the selection you have selected, this will delete the “M” from Media which leaves you with an “M” object and a “edia Milita” object. Rename the object you just split to “M”&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_m1b05b19e.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now go back to your “Media Militia” object and select and split the “t”, just as we did with the “M”. Delete the “t” from your Media Militia object and rename the “t” you just split to “t”&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_md55deae.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Middle click on your screen and go back to perspective view. Take the Live Selection tool and on your “M” object select the shown polygon:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_m14bf87a2.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_m21637a5d.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Right click on your screen and select “Extrude”&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_m324ab7cf.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Add 350 to the offset&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_m4805dd39.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Go into Top View and select your “t” object, press Ctrl+A (to select all the polygons) then take your Scale Tool and scale up the X axis (or the red axis) to 220&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_61185479.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_m74eebad7.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Go back to Perspective View and select the shown polygon with the Live Selection tool&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_m4af0e3e8.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Right click on your screen and select Extrude and add 1000 m in the Offset&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_m4b53e44a.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Take your Use Model tool and the Live Selection tool&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_m46feca8e.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Make a floor&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_m6e9ac2f.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Go into Right View, select your three text objects and move them right on top of your floor&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_m5b66104e.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now make two copies of each text object, and place each copy underneath it’s original, name each object as shown below&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_310ce0ad.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Create a Shatter Object and copy it, name one shatter object “Shatter 1” and the other one “Shatter 2”&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_e8ab5c0.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Change the strength of the “Shatter 1” object to 20 %, and the strength of the “Shatter 2” object to 10%&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_64049fb7.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_m51b9cda3.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Select both Shatter objects and copy them twice, now place a Shatter object in each copied text object (match them up according to their number as shown)&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_ab33a1c.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now select all of your text objects ending with either a 1 or a 2 and take the Live Selection tool&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_m5b4ed8e9.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_6c9ca0c6.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;And move the “green axis” up 14.3 points, so that it is on top of the original text object&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_722c89bc.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Go into top view, take your Polygon tool and select all your text objects ending with “1”&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_m19ddfdce.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_1cdee296.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Make sure you have no polygons selected (left click anywhere on your canvas to de-select any polygons you might have selected)&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Right click on your canvas and select “Knife” (make sure the visible only is checked)&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_m156a8860.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_m12717d21.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now start randomly cutting from one side of your text to another, do this around 30-60 times (this will make the shattered pieces smaller)&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Make sure you don’t leave any long polygons like the extruded M and T uncut&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_2bac4ecb.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Keep cutting until you have something like this&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_m1f4534c0.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now do the same for the text objects ending with “2”&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;After that go into side view and start cutting up the text objects ending with 1 and 2 just as we did earlier (make sure to un check the “Visible Only” box)&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_m2bed27bf.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now select all your “2” text objects and scale up the green axis using the scale tool&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_31090421.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Then move it down, so that the top of the letters are slightly on top of your original text&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_m2e6cae61.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now take all the “1” text objects and scale them up as well&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_46f1495d.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Then as we did before move them down, so that the top is a little higher then the original text&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_m17f18876.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Step 2: Adding Light and textures to our image&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_3032a6e4.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Make a basic light&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Make three copies of it, and name them 1, 2, 3, 4 accordingly&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_m621b8cf9.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Change the Intensity of the first three light objects to 45% and change the intensity of the 4&lt;sup&gt;th&lt;/sup&gt; light to 70%&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_mb0c0e05.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now select the 2&lt;sup&gt;nd&lt;/sup&gt; 3&lt;sup&gt;rd&lt;/sup&gt; and 4&lt;sup&gt;th&lt;/sup&gt; light objects and change the shadow to “Shadow Maps (Soft)”&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_m4bfaf6a2.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now go into top view and move each light as shown below&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_1840ed18.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Go into side view, select all your lights and move them up a bit as shown&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_m2b489950.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Now we are going to make the materials for our floor and for our text&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Start by making a new material&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_m40d47083.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Double click on the material (to open the material editor) and change the color to the following&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_m1c03aa9b.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now check the boxes for Luminance, Bump, Specular, and Displacement&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Change the settings to the settings shown in the screen shots below (In the bump and displacement options you will have to load in the metal texture image)&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_m7c4fde43.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_3e23c5f.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_m4a6ef6a4.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_5dad8850.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now close the material editor, and drop the material onto the floor&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_551df1b2.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;This next part isn’t necessary but it gives your text a nice touch, it does take longer to render though.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;We are going to load our downloaded material and place it on all of our text objects&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_5ed8ebd1.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_507c98d.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Go into the render settings, and change the Output to the following&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_m6a483950.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_7b7caa75.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Then we are going to put on Global Illumination and Ambient Occlusion (just click the check box on the top, leave all the other settings on default)&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_dd0bd96.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_5d6281aa.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Before we render our scene we are going to set our perspective view on a nice angle, I put my picture on this angle&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_m14d1a1a8.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now hit the render button&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_5b4c11dd.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;This can take quite a while, depending on how strong your computer is, but after that we are done with Cinema 4d and we will go play in photoshop &lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-includes/images/smilies/icon_smile.gif" alt=":)" class="wp-smiley" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Once it is finished rendering save it as a jpg format, and 300 dpi (dots per inch)&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Step 3: Editing the picture in photoshop&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;Open your image in photoshop&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Double click your layer and name it “Base”&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Make a new layer under your base layer and fill it with white&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now add a white mask to your “Base” and with a large soft black brush (bring the opacity of your brush down to 50%) start masking out the colored edges&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_m46885fbe.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now import your metal texture and resize it so that I covers the entire media militia text, desaturate the texture and change the blending mode to overlay.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Take your eraser tool and delete any harsh exteriors&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Take your base layer and go to Image&gt;Adjustment&gt;Curves and change the settings to something like the following&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_619a308d.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now import your ink texture, rasterize it, and name it Ink. Make sure you place it underneath the metal texture&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Change the blending mode to multiply&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Add a mask to the layer and get rid of all the dark areas surrounding the actual ink&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_mab16560.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now duplicate this layer and hide the original, rotate and move your copy so that it is on top of the text, then with a very soft brush mask out the parts that stick out from the text.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Then after that change the transparency to 5%-50% (change it around so that you get a random look) and with a small brush start brushing the edges of the ink that is on top of your text&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_m54dc7b85.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Duplicate your original ink texture and cover another part of the text and repeat the same process as with the other ink texture. Do this until all your text is covered with ink textures.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_28a75356.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now select all your ink layers and add them to a group, name the group Ink.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Change the opacity of your ink group to 40%&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now make a new layer, name it Shadow, and with a black color and a soft, big brush add a line around the text as shown:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_m6fb10c08.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Add a Gaussian Blur, 17 px, and bring down the opacity to 30 percent. Now delete any parts of the shadow that you don’t like with a big soft brush&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://mediamilitia.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/arno-tut/Media%20Militia%20Tutorial_html_m2ab04d71.png" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;And we are pretty much finished&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;If you want to go even further you can take the dodge and burn tools and make some highlights on your Base layer&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8463986523746430165-794455900685105578?l=samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/feeds/794455900685105578/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/3d-text-shatter-effect-cinema-4d.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/794455900685105578'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/794455900685105578'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/3d-text-shatter-effect-cinema-4d.html' title='3D Text Shatter Effect - Cinema 4D'/><author><name>Samuel</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00753985073471833813</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='28' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-5czIG5sgr2U/T4tG4OrAeMI/AAAAAAAAAVY/B7lEHgzUrs0/s220/for%2Btweet.JPG'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8463986523746430165.post-5597597038780487560</id><published>2009-09-19T02:43:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-09-19T02:48:10.830-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Adobe Illustrator'/><title type='text'>Create your own cute fuzzy monster in Illustrator</title><content type='html'>Follow these steps in Adobe Illustrator to create your very own super cute fuzzy monster character. We’ll be working with the basic shapes to start, then use a variety of gradients to add depth. We can then finish it off with some detailed fur effects to really lift the design from the screen. &lt;p&gt;&lt;span id="more-2280"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/furry-monster/monster.jpg"&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/furry-monster/Picture-22.jpg" alt="Furry monster character" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/furry-monster/Picture-1.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Start work on the eyeball, draw a perfect circle on the artboard. Hold Shift to keep things in shape. Add a simple radial gradient spanning from grey to white. Adjust the gradient sliders so that the grey creeps in slightly from the edges of the circle.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/furry-monster/Picture-2.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Copy (CMD+C) and paste (CMD+F) the circle, scale down while holding Shift and Alt, then swap the gradient out for a couple of darker greys to form a pupil.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/furry-monster/Picture-3.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Repeat the process, but this time scale down the circle into position as the iris. Choose a nice bright colour for the eye, such as green. Switch the gradient to a dark and light tone of your chosen colour.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/furry-monster/Picture-4.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Draw a couple of specular highlights in the form of circles. Drop the opacity down to 80% to allow the underlying elements to show through.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/furry-monster/Picture-5.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Paste in one more circle, this time scale it up, and add a gradient from dark to light purple. The outer colour will blend into the main body, which will also be filled with this purple swatch.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/furry-monster/Picture-6.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Draw a huge rounded rectangle onto the artboard to form the basic body shape. Alter the curvature of the corners by using the cursor keys while dragging. Align everything up centrally down the vertical axis.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/furry-monster/Picture-7.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Draw a temporary shape that covers the bottom curve of the rounded rectangle. Use the Subtract from Shape Area option in the Pathfinder window to chop out the excess. To extend this flat edge, drag it downwards while holding Shift with the Direct Selection Tool.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/furry-monster/Picture-8.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Draw another rounded rectangle, this time to form the smiling mouth. Use another temporary tool and the Pathfinder palette to chop out the unwanted area, leaving a flat top edge.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/furry-monster/Picture-9.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Fill the mouth area with a radial gradient, fading it from grey to black adds a nice touch of depth, which would otherwise be a flat black colour.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/furry-monster/Picture-10.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Draw a couple of goofy teeth using the rounded rectangle tool. Copy the mouth shape, send it to the front (CMD+Shift+]), then use it as a Clipping Mask to hide and crop the teeth into place. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/furry-monster/Picture-11.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Draw a red oval to form a cheeky tongue, filled with a pink to red gradient. Use another Clipping Mask to hide the unwanted overlap.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/furry-monster/Picture-12.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Select the mouth shape, then go to Object &gt; Path &gt; Offset Path. Fill the new object with a purple gradient, then add a Gaussian Blur of around 8px to remove any hard edges.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/furry-monster/Picture-13.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Elsewhere in the document, draw a small circle. Use the Direct Selection Tool to drag the right hand point outwards. Remove the Bezier curves using the Convert Anchor tool under the Pen tool options, then click the New Brush Icon. In the options, choose New Art Brush, and change the color to Tints.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/furry-monster/Picture-14.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now the fun part! Using the Brush tool, draw each piece of hair spanning from the body outwards. Here’s where that Graphics Tablet really comes in handy, but it’s still achievable with a mouse.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/furry-monster/Picture-15.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;In no time the harsh outline will be invisible through the wealth of fur. Add a little extra to specific areas to flesh out the desired body shape.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/furry-monster/Picture-16.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Select one of the hairs, then go to Select &gt; Same &gt; Stroke Color. Head over to Object &gt; Expand Appearance, then add the main body to the selection by Shift+clicking. Choose the Add to Shape Area option from the Pathfinder window to blend it all together. Add an Inner Glow from the Effects menu to add depth to the graphic, choose a darker purple and adjust the blur to control the amount of glow that appears.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/furry-monster/Picture-17.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Duplicate the brush graphic, then change its colour to something garish, the colour itself doesn’t matter, but it’ll be used to identify them later. Continue drawing a bunch more hairs throughout the internal body area of the monster.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/furry-monster/Picture-18.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Select just one of the blue hairs, then go to Select &gt; Same &gt; Stroke Color. Expand the Appearance then swap out the blue fill with a gradient that flows from a light pink to zero opacity. (Transparent gradients in CS4 is really required here, otherwise use pink to black and set the blending mode to Screen).&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/furry-monster/Picture-19.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Repeat the process to fill out the monster with even more fur, the more layers, the cuter and cuddlier it becomes!&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/furry-monster/Picture-20.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;After plenty of mouse clicking or pen tapping the monster will be completely covered in thick fur.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/furry-monster/Picture-21.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Zoom in and tidy up any messy hairs, including any that overlap the mouth area. Copy and paste the mouth graphic, position on top and use the Pathfinder tool to crop down the hairs to size.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://blogspoon.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/furry-monster/Picture-22.jpg" alt="Furry monster character" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;A simple vibrant background renders the monster illustration complete! The subtle gradients and little touches of transparency really help add depth to the design and allow it to pop from the screen. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8463986523746430165-5597597038780487560?l=samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/feeds/5597597038780487560/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/create-your-own-cute-fuzzy-monster-in.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/5597597038780487560'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/5597597038780487560'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/create-your-own-cute-fuzzy-monster-in.html' title='Create your own cute fuzzy monster in Illustrator'/><author><name>Samuel</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00753985073471833813</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='28' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-5czIG5sgr2U/T4tG4OrAeMI/AAAAAAAAAVY/B7lEHgzUrs0/s220/for%2Btweet.JPG'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8463986523746430165.post-7906190826404075728</id><published>2009-09-18T09:14:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-09-18T09:16:47.954-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Maya'/><title type='text'>Create a gear and render it realisticly with Mental Ray</title><content type='html'>First, go to your modelling toolset, polygons&gt;tool options&gt; and make sure keep faces together is checked.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;-&lt;br /&gt;Enjoy the tutorial!&lt;br /&gt;-&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This tutorial is primarially focused on rendering. It will teach; Final gather with metal ray, DGS shaders, basic polygon modelling methods, Depth of field. You will need; Mental Ray, an HDRI map, and Maya 6.0&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;We will start by creating a cyllinder for our sprocket, 7.0 users may create a pipe, on the Y axis, as for users below 7.0 create a cyllinder on the Y axis, it should have about 4 spans along it's height&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/241/1.jpg" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Scale the cylinder so it looks like this&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/241/2.jpg" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now we're going to need to make it hollow in the middle, so duplicate your cyllinder, scale it so it's a bit smaller in diameter, and make it a bit taller than the origional, then select the origional cyllinder first, then the duplicated, go to the modelling toolset, polygons&gt;booleans&gt;difference&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/241/3.jpg" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/241/4.jpg" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Alright, now we've got a pipe, for 7.0 users that have created the pipe already, now is your time to get back to work! We're going to make the teeth of the sprocket, go into face mode, and select the two middle faces (do not drag your mouse when selecting, click them individually) and skip a span, follow the pattern below&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/241/5.jpg" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now go to Edit Polygons&gt;Extrude Face, and click the arrow that should be pointing straight out, and drag it, then scale it so they taper slightly (Be sure NOT to click the manipulators in your tool box, it will cause your extrude manipulators to disappear, and you'd have to re-do it)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;a target="_blank" href="http://www.creativecrash.com/maya/tutorials/rendering-lighting/c/screenlarge.php?id=241&amp;amp;file=lg_6.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="click for larger version" src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/241/6.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Rightclick it, object mode, ok now you've got the teeth! Let's modify what they're on! Just follow what the pictures look like, we're going to be using face mode, and the Edit Polygons&gt;extrude face tools.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/241/7.jpg" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Scale the selected ones with the middle scale button&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;a target="_blank" href="http://www.creativecrash.com/maya/tutorials/rendering-lighting/c/screenlarge.php?id=241&amp;amp;file=lg_8.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="click for larger version" src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/241/8.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(keep these faces selected) now extrude them again, and go up with them.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;a target="_blank" href="http://www.creativecrash.com/maya/tutorials/rendering-lighting/c/screenlarge.php?id=241&amp;amp;file=lg_9.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="click for larger version" src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/241/9.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;It's a bit tall, so select the top, and bottom faces, and scale them so they come closer&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/241/10.jpg" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;We'll select the two faces all away around the middle inside of the sprocket and extrude them&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a target="_blank" href="http://www.creativecrash.com/maya/tutorials/rendering-lighting/c/screenlarge.php?id=241&amp;amp;file=lg_11.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="click for larger version" src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/241/11.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Use the move manipulator&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.creativecrash.com/tutorials/create-a-gear-and-render-it-realisticly-with-mental-ray/screenlarge.php?id=241&amp;amp;file=lg_12.jpg" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;img src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/241/12.jpg" alt="click for larger version" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This will be a bit tricky to explain, but I'll try. Keep the same faces that you just extruded selected, now go to edit polygons&gt;extrude face, scale it so it's not as high, then extrude it again, and make it come out a little bit more&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/241/13.jpg" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/241/14.jpg" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ok I'd say we're done with modelling it! Now we'll BEVEL it, apply a bevel with these settings Edit polygons&gt;bevel&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/241/15.jpg" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ok for some of you, I don't know if the bevel was too big, but for me an error happens when you boolean an object, then try to bevel it, the bevel becomes very small, so if the bevel is too big for you make it about .3 to .4 if your bevel does look small like mine, we'll smooth it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.creativecrash.com/tutorials/create-a-gear-and-render-it-realisticly-with-mental-ray/screenlarge.php?id=241&amp;amp;file=lg_16.jpg" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;img src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/241/16.jpg" alt="click for larger version" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.creativecrash.com/tutorials/create-a-gear-and-render-it-realisticly-with-mental-ray/screenlarge.php?id=241&amp;amp;file=lg_17.jpg" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;img src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/241/17.jpg" alt="click for larger version" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ok! That looks pretty good, it's a bit high poly, but that's OK I suppose. Now we should move on to the rendering part of the tutorial, move your sprocket up so it rests on the grid, then create a polygon plane on it's Y Axis, and scale it out so it's very large. Check under it to see if your gear is going to far through it, we want it to sit on top of it&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.creativecrash.com/tutorials/create-a-gear-and-render-it-realisticly-with-mental-ray/screenlarge.php?id=241&amp;amp;file=lg_18.jpg" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;img src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/241/18.jpg" alt="click for larger version" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Select your plane, and apply a lambert shader to it, lighting/shading&gt;assign new material&gt;lambert Give it a greenish color, just because it looks cool&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/241/19.jpg" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ok! Now select your gear, and go into rendering toolset, Lighting/shading&gt;assign new material&gt;Dgs_material, and apply these settings&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/241/20.jpg" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ok you've got all the materials down, we're going to set the scene up for rendering, create an ambeint light with no intensity, and make it cast shadows&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/241/21.jpg" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now create a point light with no intensity, and make it cast shadows (these will be our shadow makers, we're giving them no intensity to disable the default lighting, and the reason why we're using an ambeint light and a point light is because, a point light creates hard shadows, and an ambeint light creates soft shadows, you combine the two and it gives you a nicer shadow)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/241/22.jpg" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now we've got the lights, go to render globals Select mental ray out of the drop down menu, in the common tab of mental ray, change the size to any size you want, I chose full 1024, now over in the mental ray tab apply these settings:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Min sample Level 1&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Max sample level 3&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Turn all the raytracing sliders to maximum except shadows, or you could if you like&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Final Gather, turn final gather on by clicking the final gather check box, give it 500 final gather rays&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Image based lighting, click create, if you do not have an HDRI map you can download one from my DeviantArt account, by clicking this click http://www.deviantart.com/deviation/24226891/ I used the APT probe wich is included in the .rar file. you can choose to either set the mapping to spherical or angular, angular tends to look a bit better. I chose sphereical&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Here is the final result&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.creativecrash.com/tutorials/create-a-gear-and-render-it-realisticly-with-mental-ray/screenlarge.php?id=241&amp;amp;file=lg_spherical.jpg" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;img src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/241/spherical.jpg" alt="click for larger version" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.creativecrash.com/tutorials/create-a-gear-and-render-it-realisticly-with-mental-ray/screenlarge.php?id=241&amp;amp;file=lg_angular.jpg" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;img src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/241/angular.jpg" alt="click for larger version" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This is what yours should look like if you used Angular mapping on your HDRI, as you can see it's a bit brighter but the shading on the gear looks much better&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8463986523746430165-7906190826404075728?l=samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/feeds/7906190826404075728/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/create-gear-and-render-it-realisticly.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/7906190826404075728'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/7906190826404075728'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/create-gear-and-render-it-realisticly.html' title='Create a gear and render it realisticly with Mental Ray'/><author><name>Samuel</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00753985073471833813</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='28' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-5czIG5sgr2U/T4tG4OrAeMI/AAAAAAAAAVY/B7lEHgzUrs0/s220/for%2Btweet.JPG'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8463986523746430165.post-4583788333982186691</id><published>2009-09-18T09:07:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-09-18T09:13:58.154-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Maya'/><title type='text'>How to model a screwdriver and render it with mental ray</title><content type='html'>&lt;a target="_blank" href="http://www.creativecrash.com/maya/tutorials/rendering-lighting/c/screenlarge.php?id=239&amp;amp;file=lg_finishedreg.jpg"&gt;&lt;img src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/239/finishedreg.jpg" alt="click for larger version" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This is a basic modelling tutorial that will teach you how to make a screw-driver and render it with FG (Final Gather) With global illumination, HDRI (High dynamic ranged imagery) And DoF (Depth of field, optional).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Let us begin shall we, open Maya, and go to the modelling section. Now create a polygon cylinder on it's X axis, with 30 subdivisions around axis, 5 subdivisions along height, and 32 subdivisions on it's caps.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/div&gt;&lt;img src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/239/polycylinderopt1.jpg" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now take your scale tool and scale the cylinder out on it's X axis a bit, like in the image.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/div&gt;&lt;img src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/239/cylinderscalex1.jpg" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Go into vertex mode, go at a side view of the cylinder, select the two middle spans.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/div&gt;&lt;img src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/239/cylinderverts1.jpg" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;And scale it using the middle scale button to make them smaller, and then select the span closest to the end of -X half of the cylinder and move it close to the end spans&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/div&gt;&lt;a target="_blank" href="http://www.creativecrash.com/maya/tutorials/rendering-lighting/c/screenlarge.php?id=239&amp;amp;file=lg_cylinderverts2.jpg"&gt;&lt;img src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/239/cylinderverts2.jpg" alt="click for larger version" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now select the end spans on the -X end and move them closer to it's nearest span&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/div&gt;&lt;img src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/239/cylinderverts3.jpg" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Select the 4'th span and scale it with the middle scale button to make it a bit larger, then move it closer to the 3'rd span on the -X end.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/div&gt;&lt;a target="_blank" href="http://www.creativecrash.com/maya/tutorials/rendering-lighting/c/screenlarge.php?id=239&amp;amp;file=lg_cylinderverts4.jpg"&gt;&lt;img src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/239/cylinderverts4.jpg" alt="click for larger version" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Select the two end spans, and scale them on their X axis, then move it to the -X direction.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/239/cylinderverts5.jpg" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ok, we're pretty much done with it's basic shape, we'll need to boolean some sphere's into this, let's create a sphere with 30 subdivisions around it's axis, and 30 subdivisions along it's height on it's Y axis&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;img src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/239/spherecreate.jpg" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ok, we're going to need to turn this into a capsule like shape, we'll do this by going into vertex mode, and select one half, and move that end out quite a bit. I'd suggest you go into front view for this by clicking the &lt;img src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/239/sidebut.jpg" /&gt;on the tool-bar&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/239/sphereverts1.jpg" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;a target="_blank" href="http://www.creativecrash.com/tutorials/how-to-model-a-screwdriver-and-render-it-with-mental-ray/screenlarge.php?id=239&amp;amp;file=lg_sphereverts2.jpg"&gt;&lt;img src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/239/sphereverts2.jpg" alt="click for larger version" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now we're going to scale it with the middle scale button, to make it smaller, and move it into position over the handle&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;a target="_blank" href="http://www.creativecrash.com/tutorials/how-to-model-a-screwdriver-and-render-it-with-mental-ray/screenlarge.php?id=239&amp;amp;file=lg_spherescale1.jpg"&gt;&lt;img src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/239/spherescale1.jpg" alt="click for larger version" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now dupilcate the sphere, and move it on the exact underside of the handle, try to make it as deep in on the handle, as the top sphere is.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.creativecrash.com/tutorials/how-to-model-a-screwdriver-and-render-it-with-mental-ray/screenlarge.php?id=239&amp;amp;file=lg_spheredup1.jpg" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;img src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/239/spheredup1.jpg" alt="click for larger version" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now select both spheres, then hit CTRL+G, to group them, then select your rotate tool, and hit CTRL+D to duplicate the spheres, then rotate them along the edge, keep doing this&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;a target="_blank" href="http://www.creativecrash.com/tutorials/how-to-model-a-screwdriver-and-render-it-with-mental-ray/screenlarge.php?id=239&amp;amp;file=lg_sphereduped.jpg"&gt;&lt;img src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/239/sphereduped.jpg" alt="click for larger version" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now smooth the handle twice Polygons&gt;smooth&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;a target="_blank" href="http://www.creativecrash.com/tutorials/how-to-model-a-screwdriver-and-render-it-with-mental-ray/screenlarge.php?id=239&amp;amp;file=lg_handlesmooth.jpg"&gt;&lt;img src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/239/handlesmooth.jpg" alt="click for larger version" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Combine (polygons&gt;combine)all the spheres, then select the handle first, then select your combined spheres, then boolean difference them (polygons&gt;booleans&gt;difference), if your screwdriver handle dissappears, undo all the commands until your spheres are seperate, and then boolean them individually, if that doesn't work, start over with making your spheres. (what I had to do)=&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/239/booleaned20handle.jpg" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ok looking pretty good! Now we will start on the screw-drivers shaft. Create a polygon cylinder with the same settings as the last one, then scale it with the middle scale button to make it smaller, then scale it out on it's X axis&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;a target="_blank" href="http://www.creativecrash.com/tutorials/how-to-model-a-screwdriver-and-render-it-with-mental-ray/screenlarge.php?id=239&amp;amp;file=lg_newcylinder.jpg"&gt;&lt;img src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/239/newcylinder.jpg" alt="click for larger version" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now we're going to make it a standard bit end, select the three spans on the -X end, and scale it on it's X axis to make them closer together and then move them in the -X direction&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;a target="_blank" href="http://www.creativecrash.com/tutorials/how-to-model-a-screwdriver-and-render-it-with-mental-ray/screenlarge.php?id=239&amp;amp;file=lg_newcylinderverts1.jpg"&gt;&lt;img src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/239/newcylinderverts1.jpg" alt="click for larger version" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now select the two end spans, and scale them on it's +Z axis&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;img src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/239/newcylinderverts2.jpg" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ok now let's boolean some cubes to it. Create a cube, and move it to the end at an angle, then duplicate it then select the shaft, then select a cube, then go to polygons&gt;booleans&gt;difference, now rotate the shaft 180 degrees and boolean again.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;a target="_blank" href="http://www.creativecrash.com/tutorials/how-to-model-a-screwdriver-and-render-it-with-mental-ray/screenlarge.php?id=239&amp;amp;file=lg_booleancube1.jpg"&gt;&lt;img src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/239/booleancube1.jpg" alt="click for larger version" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now scale the end on it's X axis to make the edge a bit long&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/div&gt;&lt;a target="_blank" href="http://www.creativecrash.com/tutorials/how-to-model-a-screwdriver-and-render-it-with-mental-ray/screenlarge.php?id=239&amp;amp;file=lg_endscale.jpg"&gt;&lt;img src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/239/endscale.jpg" alt="click for larger version" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ok, we've got the screwdriver model done, now we're going to go on to the materials, and render settings! Ok, select your shaft, and go into the rendering section, lighting/shading&gt;assign new material&gt;Dgs_material&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/div&gt;&lt;img src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/239/dgssettings.jpg" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ok that's good enough for that! Now we'll make our handle a "Dieletric" material, go to lighting/shading&gt;assign new material&gt;Dieletric_material, give it any color you like, I chose a yellowish color by clicking the "col" white block, you can select a color for it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/div&gt;&lt;img src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/239/dieletricsettings.jpg" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Alright, now we're going to set the scene up for rendering, select your screw-driver, and move it up some, so that it's resting atop the grid, then create a polygon plane on it's Y axis, doesn't matter how many subdivisions it has, and apply a lambert material to it Lighting/shading&gt;assign new material&gt;lambert, and make it a tanish color&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/div&gt;&lt;a target="_blank" href="http://www.creativecrash.com/tutorials/how-to-model-a-screwdriver-and-render-it-with-mental-ray/screenlarge.php?id=239&amp;amp;file=lg_lambert.jpg"&gt;&lt;img src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/239/lambert.jpg" alt="click for larger version" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now create an ambient light, with no intensity, make it cast shadows, then go to render globals Select mental ray in the drop down menu (if it's not there go to window&gt;preferences/settings&gt;plug-in manager, and check mayatomr) apply these settings in the render globals:&lt;br /&gt;min sample level 1&lt;br /&gt;max sample level 3&lt;br /&gt;RAYTRACING SECTION, move all the sliders up to 10 except the shadow trace depth attribute&lt;br /&gt;FINAL GATHER SECTION, check final gather, final gather rays 500&lt;br /&gt;IMAGE BASED LIGHTING SECTION, click create, if you do not have an HDRI map, E-Mail me at bartonix@gmail.com and I will send you one, now over in your attribute editor for your HDRI map, apply these settings:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/div&gt;&lt;img src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/239/hdrisettings.jpg" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Make sure the mapping is on angular, and that you find where you saved your HDRI map&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/div&gt;&lt;a target="_blank" href="http://www.creativecrash.com/tutorials/how-to-model-a-screwdriver-and-render-it-with-mental-ray/screenlarge.php?id=239&amp;amp;file=lg_finishedreg.jpg"&gt;&lt;img src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/239/finishedreg.jpg" alt="click for larger version" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;---------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Optional DoF&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;---------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;for DoF you're going to need an extra screw-driver, a bit further away from this one. And perhaps a different color handle. I chose a blue-ish purple color&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ok, once you've duplicated your screwdriver and moved/modified it, select the screwdriver you want your camera to be focused on and go to display&gt;heads up display&gt;object details. Now on your new HUD, find it's distance from the camera and either write it down in note pad and copy it, or remember it. Now select the ground plane, and hit the right arrow key until you come upon the perspective camera (perspshape) scroll down to the mental ray tab on it, and click the little box by the attribute "Lens shader" scroll down and find the lenses in the pop up, and select "physical_lense" now on the attribute "plane" type the number the distance of the camera is, and put a - infront of it, (this will work in most cases, if not, put a +) now render!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/div&gt;&lt;a target="_blank" href="http://www.creativecrash.com/tutorials/how-to-model-a-screwdriver-and-render-it-with-mental-ray/screenlarge.php?id=239&amp;amp;file=lg_doffinished.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="click for larger version" src="http://static.highend3d.com/tutorialimages/239/doffinished.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8463986523746430165-4583788333982186691?l=samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/feeds/4583788333982186691/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/how-to-model-screwdriver-and-render-it.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/4583788333982186691'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/4583788333982186691'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/how-to-model-screwdriver-and-render-it.html' title='How to model a screwdriver and render it with mental ray'/><author><name>Samuel</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00753985073471833813</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='28' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-5czIG5sgr2U/T4tG4OrAeMI/AAAAAAAAAVY/B7lEHgzUrs0/s220/for%2Btweet.JPG'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8463986523746430165.post-8365494957367942986</id><published>2009-09-18T09:06:00.001-07:00</published><updated>2009-09-18T09:06:51.190-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Adobe Photoshop'/><title type='text'>How to turn your photo into movie-like effect using Photoshop?</title><content type='html'>&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://ebin.files.wordpress.com/2007/03/tut2-original.jpg?w=500&amp;amp;h=375" alt="tut2-original.jpg" border="0" height="375" width="500" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img src="http://ebin.files.wordpress.com/2007/03/tut2-result.jpg?w=500&amp;amp;h=375" alt="tut2-result.jpg" border="0" height="375" width="500" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img src="http://ebin.files.wordpress.com/2007/03/tut2-result2.jpg?w=500&amp;amp;h=375" alt="tut2-result2.jpg" border="0" height="375" width="500" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;What you need to have: &lt;a href="http://www.adobe.com/products/photoshop/"&gt;Adobe Photoshop&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What you will learn: colour mood adjustments + depth of field effect + film effect&lt;br /&gt;PS: ⌘ key for Mac users / CTRL key for Windows users&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Colour mood adjustments&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;1. Adjust the Hue/Saturation: ⌘U/CTRL-U&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://ebin.files.wordpress.com/2007/03/tut2-step1.png?w=463&amp;amp;h=309" alt="tut2-step1.png" border="0" height="309" width="463" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://ebin.files.wordpress.com/2007/03/tut2-step1-result.jpg?w=500&amp;amp;h=375" alt="tut2-step1-result.jpg" border="0" height="375" width="500" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;2. Adjust the brightness and contrast: &lt;strong&gt;Menu &gt; Image &gt; Adjustments &gt; Exposure…&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://ebin.files.wordpress.com/2007/03/tut2-step2.png?w=345&amp;amp;h=221" alt="tut2-step2.png" border="0" height="221" width="345" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://ebin.files.wordpress.com/2007/03/tut2-step2-result.png?w=500&amp;amp;h=375" alt="tut2-step2-result.jpg" border="0" height="375" width="500" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Depth of field effect&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;3. Duplicate current active layer by dragging it to the ‘create a new layer’ button located at the bottom of &lt;strong&gt;Layer&lt;/strong&gt; window.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://ebin.files.wordpress.com/2007/03/tut2-step3.png?w=206&amp;amp;h=58" alt="tut2-step3.png" border="0" height="58" width="206" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://ebin.files.wordpress.com/2007/03/tut2-step3b.png?w=208&amp;amp;h=208" alt="tut2-step3b.png" border="0" height="208" width="208" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;4. Apply lens blur on the new layer on top: &lt;strong&gt;Menu &gt; Filter &gt; Blur &gt; Lens Blur…&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Adjust according to your own preference.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://ebin.files.wordpress.com/2007/03/tut2-step4.png?w=241&amp;amp;h=643" alt="tut2-step4.png" border="0" height="643" width="241" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://ebin.files.wordpress.com/2007/03/tut2-step4-result.jpg?w=500&amp;amp;h=375" alt="tut2-step4-result.jpg" border="0" height="375" width="500" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;5. Click on the ‘add layer mask’ button at the bottom of &lt;strong&gt;Layer&lt;/strong&gt; window. Then click and select the ‘Layer mask thumbnail’ (the white rectangle).&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://ebin.files.wordpress.com/2007/03/tut2-step5.png?w=206&amp;amp;h=613" alt="tut2-step5.png" border="0" height="613" width="206" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;6. Select &lt;strong&gt;brush tool&lt;/strong&gt;(b), set the master diameter to &lt;strong&gt;400px&lt;/strong&gt;. Then choose the focus point in the photo and click on it.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://ebin.files.wordpress.com/2007/03/tut2-step6.png?w=30&amp;amp;h=26" alt="tut2-step6.png" border="0" height="26" width="30" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://ebin.files.wordpress.com/2007/03/tut2-step6b.png?w=253&amp;amp;h=191" alt="tut2-step6b.png" border="0" height="191" width="253" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://ebin.files.wordpress.com/2007/03/tut2-step6-result.jpg?w=500&amp;amp;h=375" alt="tut2-step6-result.jpg" border="0" height="375" width="500" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Film effect&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;7. Create a new layer by clicking the ‘create a new layer’ button located at the bottom of &lt;strong&gt;Layer&lt;/strong&gt; window.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://ebin.files.wordpress.com/2007/03/tut2-step7.png?w=31&amp;amp;h=19" alt="tut2-step7.png" border="0" height="19" width="31" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;8. Fill the new layer with black colour: reset colour to default black &amp;amp; white (d), switch black colour to background (x), fill the layer (⌘-del/CTRL-backspace)&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;9. Set the opacity of the black layer to &lt;strong&gt;70%&lt;/strong&gt; by pressing ‘7′&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://ebin.files.wordpress.com/2007/03/tut2-step9-result.jpg?w=500&amp;amp;h=375" alt="tut2-step9-result.jpg" border="0" height="375" width="500" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;10. Use &lt;strong&gt;erase tool&lt;/strong&gt;(e), set the master diameter to &lt;strong&gt;400px&lt;/strong&gt;. Then start erase the center of the photo.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://ebin.files.wordpress.com/2007/03/tut2-step10.png?w=253&amp;amp;h=210" alt="tut2-step10.png" border="0" height="210" width="253" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://ebin.files.wordpress.com/2007/03/tut2-step10-result.jpg?w=500&amp;amp;h=375" alt="tut2-step10-result.jpg" border="0" height="375" width="500" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;11. Flatten the image: &lt;strong&gt;Menu &gt; Layer &gt; Flatten Image&lt;/strong&gt; and add noise: &lt;strong&gt;Menu &gt; Filter &gt; Noise &gt; Add Noise…&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://ebin.files.wordpress.com/2007/03/tut2-step11.png?w=332&amp;amp;h=428" alt="tut2-step11.png" border="0" height="428" width="332" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://ebin.files.wordpress.com/2007/03/tut2-step11-result.jpg?w=500&amp;amp;h=375" alt="tut2-step11-result.jpg" border="0" height="375" width="500" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Cinemascope (optional)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;12. Add black bars on top and bottom of photo and it’s done!&lt;br /&gt;Use &lt;strong&gt;Rectangular Marquee Tool&lt;/strong&gt;(m) to select (drag) upper part of photo, hold the shift key and select the bottom part, fill with black colour (⌘-del/CTRL-backspace)&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://ebin.files.wordpress.com/2007/03/tut2-result.jpg?w=500&amp;amp;h=375" alt="tut2-result.jpg" border="0" height="375" width="500" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://ebin.files.wordpress.com/2007/03/tut2-result2.jpg?w=500&amp;amp;h=375" alt="tut2-result2.jpg" border="0" height="375" width="500" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You can also add an extra step to twist the colour into this mood by using ‘Color Balance’(⌘B/CTRL-B). Drag the slider towards &lt;strong&gt;cyan&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;blue&lt;/strong&gt; for &lt;strong&gt;Shadows&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;Midtones&lt;/strong&gt; &amp;amp; &lt;strong&gt;Highlights&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8463986523746430165-8365494957367942986?l=samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/feeds/8365494957367942986/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/how-to-turn-your-photo-into-movie-like.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/8365494957367942986'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/8365494957367942986'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/how-to-turn-your-photo-into-movie-like.html' title='How to turn your photo into movie-like effect using Photoshop?'/><author><name>Samuel</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00753985073471833813</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='28' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-5czIG5sgr2U/T4tG4OrAeMI/AAAAAAAAAVY/B7lEHgzUrs0/s220/for%2Btweet.JPG'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8463986523746430165.post-4797598327816689937</id><published>2009-09-18T09:05:00.001-07:00</published><updated>2009-09-18T09:05:58.463-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='3DS Max'/><title type='text'>How to Create a Realistic 3D Diamond Ring Using 3DS Max</title><content type='html'>&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;Here is an example image of 3D diamond ring. To create this ring we’re going to use four different elements and combine them together. Let’s start with the little diamonds.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-149" title="final" src="http://forcg.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/07/final1.jpg" alt="final" height="336" width="600" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: left;"&gt;Modeling 3D Diamonds&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;If you’d like to have accurate model of a diamond you have to check their ratios and shapes first. If you’d like to have just a diamond not knowing how does it look like you will end up with some unrealistic model. We are certainly going to use real ratios and we’ll create as realistic model as possible. I’ve made a quick sketch (don’t use it as a reference image because it’s not precise).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-137" title="1" src="http://forcg.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/07/13.jpg" alt="1" height="373" width="600" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: left;"&gt;Modeling Diamond – Size&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;Let’s start with the NGon that has 16 sides. Go to Shapes -&gt; Splines -&gt; NGon and create one in the top view. Place it on position [0,0,0]. My one has a radius equal to 21.7. Once you have it we can calculate all the dimensions we need:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;ul style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;li&gt;43.4 is 100%&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;43.1% of 43.4 is 18.7054&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;2.5% of 43.4 is 1.085&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;15.4% of 43.4 is 6.6836&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;53% of 43.4 is 23.002&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: left;"&gt;Modeling Diamond – Creating the Shapes&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;Once we have all these dimensions we can create a diamond. If you’d like it to be perfect just use the numbers above but you can also round them and make it almost perfect which doesn’t matter for simple scenes like this one. It would probably make a difference if you were working on some real ring project that requires high precision but I think 3ds Max it’s not software created for designing professional rings.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-138" title="2" src="http://forcg.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/07/21.jpg" alt="2" height="400" width="600" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: left;"&gt;Modeling Diamond – Extruding Your Shapes&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;Let’s extrude your NGon with amount set to 18.7054 and add a modifier called Edit Poly to your object.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-139" title="3" src="http://forcg.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/07/3.jpg" alt="3" height="346" width="600" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;After that go to Vertex sub-level and scale all the top vertices like on the image below.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-140" title="4" src="http://forcg.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/07/41.jpg" alt="4" height="346" width="600" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;When they are close enough you can use Weld Tool to weld them together.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-141" title="5" src="http://forcg.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/07/51.jpg" alt="5" height="345" width="600" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;The next step is to rotate entire object upside down and extrude top polygon that will be our gridle. Use 1.085 as the extrudion amount value.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-142" title="6" src="http://forcg.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/07/61.jpg" alt="6" height="346" width="600" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;!-- Easy AdSenser V2.40 --&gt; &lt;!-- Post[count: 2] --&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style="margin: 12px; text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;&lt;!-- google_ad_client = "pub-9898201845111428"; window.google_analytics_uacct = "UA-9582060-1"; /* 300x250, utworzono 09-06-28 */ google_ad_slot = "1802086151"; google_ad_width = 300; google_ad_height = 250; //--&gt; &lt;/script&gt; &lt;script type="text/javascript" src="http://pagead2.googlesyndication.com/pagead/show_ads.js"&gt; &lt;/script&gt;&lt;script&gt;google_protectAndRun("ads_core.google_render_ad", google_handleError, google_render_ad&lt;/script&gt;Afterwards extrude it again using 6.6836 for the extrudion value and select all the top vertices again. Scale them down to 57%.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-143" title="7" src="http://forcg.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/07/71.jpg" alt="7" height="500" width="600" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: left;"&gt;Ideal Cut&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;Once we have right dimensions it’s time to virtually cut it. It’s the hardest part because standard diamond shapes aren’t just made of a series of standard lines. To make it correct just follow the screenshots and instructions below.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;ol style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;li&gt;First make sure you are using Cut Tool. This will allow you to create some more edges on top of the diamond.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Then go to a Top viewport&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;We have to start with the center part and create there two squares&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;The next step is to connect some vertices with the gridle. Make sure you are starting with the farthest vertex that is a part of one of the squares!&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Select all the polygons around that are making specific shape presented on the fourth image and hit delete to get rid of them&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Use cap to fill the holes&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Lastly select all the vertices you’ve previously connected with the gridle and move them down in Front viewport. The value of this offset is hard to calculate but it’s around 1.2 Max’s units I guess&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;There are also some missing edges at the bottom of the diamond so you can simply use Cut Tool to create them.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-144" title="8" src="http://forcg.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/07/81.jpg" alt="8" height="2763" width="600" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: left;"&gt;Modeling a Ring&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;Modeling a ring is quite an easy task. Inner diameter usually varies from around 11mm to 25mm so let’s create a circle that has 10mm radius (20mm diameter). After that duplicate your circle and convert it to Editable Spline. Go to Vertex sub-level of Editable Spline and drag one of the vertices up. Most of the rings has a similar shape so it’s good to draw something like this to have an outline of how it is going to look like. Afterwards delete one segment of your circle.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-145" title="9" src="http://forcg.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/07/91.jpg" alt="9" height="346" width="600" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: left;"&gt;Lofting&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;Then create a little NGon with 5 sides and a rectangle with rounded edges. Move one of the NGon’s vertices farther than the others.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-146" title="10" src="http://forcg.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/07/101.jpg" alt="10" height="346" width="600" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;Select the circle you’ve created in the previous step. Go to the Compound Objects -&gt; Loft and pick a NGon as a shape.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;ol style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;li&gt;Change the Path value to 30 and pick rectangle as a shape.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Change the Path number to 70 and pick the rectangle again.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;At the end change the Path to 100 and pick NGon as a shape.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;Try to adjust your ring’s shape according to the outline from the prevoius step. You can rotate and scale NGon and rectangle by going to the Loft’s sub-level called Shape.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-147" title="11" src="http://forcg.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/07/111.jpg" alt="11" height="346" width="600" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: left;"&gt;Placing Diamonds&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;Now it’s time for the top part of our ring. You can place there all the diamonds and other things as you like. I’m not able to depict everything because it would be boring so here is a little preview of what it is made of. If you have any problems or questions regarding this step feel free to ask but I hope it’s clear enough how to create all the elements.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-148" title="12" src="http://forcg.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/07/121.jpg" alt="12" height="799" width="600" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: left;"&gt;Materials&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;That’s very short and easy. Use VRayMtl for both materials.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;ul style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Diamond material&lt;/strong&gt; – diffuse: black, reflect: white, refract: white, IOR: 2.47, refractions subdivs: a lot more (like 50).&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Gold material&lt;/strong&gt; – diffuse: black, black, reflect: brown (rgb(187,164,70)), reflection glossiness: 0.8, refract: black, IOR: 0.23 or a little bit higher.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: left;"&gt;Scene&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;Create a plane and apply a pure white material to it. Create many omni light around but decrease their multipliers from 1.0 to 0.25. Place them randomly. You can add some random objects around (big objects or many smaller) and render your scene with the standard VRay settings and Global Illumination turned on. Use Irradiance Map + Light Cache for GI. You can also try to render it using HDRIs or you can use both lights and HDR image.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: left;"&gt;Conclusion&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;Again, this is what I got. I hope you enjoyed it. As usual the next tutorial is coming next week so don’t miss it!&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-149" title="final" src="http://forcg.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/07/final1.jpg" alt="final" height="336" width="600" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8463986523746430165-4797598327816689937?l=samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/feeds/4797598327816689937/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/how-to-create-realistic-3d-diamond-ring.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/4797598327816689937'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/4797598327816689937'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/how-to-create-realistic-3d-diamond-ring.html' title='How to Create a Realistic 3D Diamond Ring Using 3DS Max'/><author><name>Samuel</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00753985073471833813</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='28' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-5czIG5sgr2U/T4tG4OrAeMI/AAAAAAAAAVY/B7lEHgzUrs0/s220/for%2Btweet.JPG'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8463986523746430165.post-2970810226492347023</id><published>2009-09-18T09:04:00.001-07:00</published><updated>2009-09-18T09:04:40.631-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Adobe Photoshop'/><title type='text'>Displacement Water</title><content type='html'>&lt;p align="justify"&gt;Creating a realistic water surface in Photoshop is quite a     challenge because it is the distorted reflection of the surroundings that makes the water     look liquid. The displace filter is an excellent tool for making this distortion.&lt;/p&gt;     &lt;p align="justify"&gt;The displace filter "shifts pixels" in an image according to the brightness     values of a displacement map. You can use any .psd file as a displacement map (if     saved with "Maximize compatibility"). Displace uses the first and the second channels     of this .psd file for horizontal and vertical displacement respectively. Each channel     is a grayscale image. Medium gray (brightness 128) does nothing. Darker values will     shift an image in the positive direction (in Adobe coordinates). Brighter values cause a     shift in the negative direction. The amount of displacement can be controlled separately.     At a scale value of 100, the displacement measured in pixels is equal to 128 minus     the brightness of the displacement map. For example, a white pixel will shift an     image 128 - 255 = -127 pixels at the corresponding pixel at that setting.&lt;/p&gt;     &lt;p align="justify"&gt;The following tutorial shows how to create a relatively simple     displacement map and how to create a water surface with it. This method does not     adjust for wave height and distances, but it produces good results if the water is calm     and if the surface is not intersected by other elements.&lt;/p&gt;      &lt;hr /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;     &lt;table border="0" width="100%"&gt;       &lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td colspan="2"&gt;           &lt;span style="font-size:+1;"&gt;Part one: creating a displacement map&lt;/span&gt;           &lt;p align="justify"&gt;We start with making an image in which the brightness           represents the height of the surface. Bright is high, dark is low. The            dimensions of this image control the size and shape of the waves. Start with a larger           image to create smaller waves.&lt;/p&gt;          &lt;/td&gt;       &lt;/tr&gt;       &lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td valign="top"&gt;           &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Create a new file in RGB mode of 1000 pixels wide by 2000 pixels             high.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;strong&gt;Filter &gt; Noise &gt; Add Noise...&lt;/strong&gt; Enter these             settings:&lt;br /&gt;                  Amount: 400%&lt;br /&gt;                 Distribution: Gaussian&lt;br /&gt;                 Monochromatic&lt;br /&gt;             Click OK&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;strong&gt;Filter &gt; Blur &gt; Gaussian Blur...&lt;/strong&gt; Choose a             radius of 2,0 pixels and click OK.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td valign="top"&gt;&lt;img src="http://photoshopcontest.com/images/tutorials/26/1.jpg" height="200" width="322" /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;       &lt;/tr&gt;       &lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td colspan="2"&gt;           &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;          We will use the result of the previous steps as a bump map to create a           representation of the tilt of the surface. We will do this separately in channel 1           and channel 2. You can ignore channel 3. It does not affect the displace filter.&lt;/p&gt;          &lt;/td&gt;       &lt;/tr&gt;       &lt;tr valign="top"&gt;         &lt;td&gt;           &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Select channel 1 in the channels palette.&lt;br /&gt;            &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;strong&gt;Filter &gt; Stylize &gt; Emboss...&lt;/strong&gt; Enter these             settings:&lt;br /&gt;                  Angle: 180°&lt;br /&gt;                 Height: 1 pixels&lt;br /&gt;                 Amount: 500 %&lt;br /&gt;             Click OK&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Select channel 2.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Apply the Emboss Filter again, but this time use an angle of 90°              instead of 180°.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td&gt;&lt;img src="http://photoshopcontest.com/images/tutorials/26/2.jpg" height="200" width="322" /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;       &lt;/tr&gt;       &lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td colspan="2"&gt;           &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;           Now we are going to change the perspective. Stretching the base lowers the           horizon. We would have to drag the corners to infinity to extend the water           surface all the way to the horizon. We will not do that. Stretching to anything above           about 3000% is enough. The perspective stretch only works between 0 and 700%, so           we will stretch to 600% twice. This equals 3600%.&lt;/p&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;       &lt;/tr&gt;       &lt;tr valign="top"&gt;         &lt;td&gt;           &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Unlock the background layer.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Zoom out and go to &lt;strong&gt;Edit &gt; Transform &gt;              Perspective&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Drag one of the bottom corners to the side, to a width of 600% and hit             Enter.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Select the canvas with Ctrl+A / Command+A.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Press Ctrl+Shift+T / Command+Shift+T to transform again.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Crop away the area outside the canvas with Ctrl+A / Command+A and &lt;strong&gt;Image             &gt; Crop&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Reduce the height of the image to make it square. In this case 1000 by 1000 pixels.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td&gt;&lt;img src="http://photoshopcontest.com/images/tutorials/26/3.jpg" height="242" width="322" /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;       &lt;/tr&gt;       &lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td colspan="2"&gt;           &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;           In reality, waves cause rotations in a reflection instead of translations. As           a result, the horizontal distortion decreases towards the horizon. The vertical           distortion does not. However, we have to adjust channel 2 as well, because the           perspective change has caused aliasing near the horizon. We will use motion blur           later to compensate for this.&lt;/p&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;       &lt;/tr&gt;       &lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td valign="top"&gt;           &lt;p align="justify"&gt;First adjust channel 1:&lt;/p&gt;           &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Select channel 1.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Press Q to switch to &lt;strong&gt;Quick Mask Mode&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Draw a white to black linear gradient from the top down across the image             to create a gradient mask.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Press Q to go back to &lt;strong&gt;Standard Mode&lt;/strong&gt;. Now we have a             gradient selection.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Fill with medium gray (brightness 128).&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;          &lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td&gt;&lt;img src="http://photoshopcontest.com/images/tutorials/26/4.jpg" height="322" width="322" /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;       &lt;/tr&gt;       &lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td valign="top"&gt;           &lt;p align="justify"&gt;Adjust channel 2 in a similar way:&lt;/p&gt;           &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Select channel 2.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;strong&gt;Quick Mask Mode&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Draw a gradient to select the narrow part near the horizon where the             waves are too large.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Press Q to turn the mask into a selection.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Fill with medium gray.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;          &lt;br /&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td&gt;&lt;img src="http://photoshopcontest.com/images/tutorials/26/5.jpg" height="322" width="322" /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;       &lt;/tr&gt;       &lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td colspan="2"&gt; &lt;/td&gt;       &lt;/tr&gt;       &lt;tr valign="top"&gt;         &lt;td&gt;           &lt;p align="justify"&gt;This is what the finished displacement map should look like           with the blue channel hidden. Note that in the green channel, the bright areas           will shift a reflection upwards, which represents a tilt towards you. The dark           areas produce a tilt away from you. This may be a little confusing because it's           probably the opposite of how your brain interprets the brightness variations.&lt;/p&gt;            &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Save as .psd with "Maximize Compatibility".&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;           &lt;p&gt;You may have to change the preference at &lt;strong&gt;Edit &gt; Preferences &gt;           File Handling &gt; Maximize PSD File Compatibility&lt;/strong&gt; to be able to save           with Maximum Compatibility.&lt;/p&gt;          &lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td&gt;&lt;img src="http://photoshopcontest.com/images/tutorials/26/6.jpg" height="322" width="322" /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;       &lt;/tr&gt;     &lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;          &lt;hr /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;                      &lt;table border="0" width="100%"&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td colspan="2"&gt;            &lt;span style="font-size:+1;"&gt;Part two: creating a water surface&lt;/span&gt;            &lt;p align="justify"&gt;We will create a lake in this valley.&lt;/p&gt;           &lt;img src="http://photoshopcontest.com/images/tutorials/26/7.jpg" height="412" width="550" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;         &lt;br /&gt;        &lt;/td&gt;       &lt;/tr&gt;       &lt;tr valign="top"&gt;         &lt;td&gt;            &lt;p align="justify"&gt;First, we have to make a "flat" reflection which we will           distort later with the displace filter. In this example, we will treat the landscape           as a single background object. This only works if the background is very distant.&lt;/p&gt;           &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Determine where the horizon should be. Select everything above this line             and copy it to a new layer. This will be the reflection layer.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Extend the canvas downwards to make room for the             reflection.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Flip vertical and move the layer down to mirror it with the             background.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td&gt;&lt;img src="http://photoshopcontest.com/images/tutorials/26/8.jpg" height="358" width="322" /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;       &lt;/tr&gt;       &lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td colspan="2"&gt;           &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;          Near the horizon, almost 100% of the light is reflected of a water surface. At           higher angles, the reflection component becomes smaller so you can see the           color of the water itself. The color will be dark blue or turquoise if the           water is clear. Of course, you can make any liquid you want by using another           color.&lt;/p&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;       &lt;/tr&gt;        &lt;tr valign="top"&gt;         &lt;td&gt;           &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Create a new layer below the reflection layer and link it to the reflection layer.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Fill the area behind the reflection with the desired color. (You can adjust it later with             &lt;strong&gt;Hue/Saturation&lt;/strong&gt;.)&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Add a layer mask to the reflection layer. Draw a white to black gradient             down from the horizon to show the lower part of the color layer.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td&gt;&lt;img src="http://photoshopcontest.com/images/tutorials/26/9.jpg" height="270" width="322" /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;       &lt;/tr&gt;       &lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td colspan="2"&gt;           &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;              Now we can add some wind. Before applying the displacement map,                we will use motion blur to simulate the effect of the waves in the                distance. The blur distance depends on the size of the image and the                wind effect you want to create.&lt;/p&gt;          &lt;/td&gt;       &lt;/tr&gt;       &lt;tr valign="top"&gt;         &lt;td&gt;           &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Select the reflection layer and Ctrl+click / Command+click the layer             mask to make a gradient selection.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Lock the transparent pixels by clicking the little checkerboard icon in             the layers palette.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;strong&gt;Filter &gt; Blur &gt; Motion Blur...&lt;/strong&gt; Use an angle             of 90°. Set the distance value and click OK.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Repeat the motion blur with Ctrl+F / Command+F.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Unlock the transparent pixels and deselect.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td&gt;&lt;img src="http://photoshopcontest.com/images/tutorials/26/10.jpg" height="270" width="322" /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;       &lt;/tr&gt;       &lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td colspan="2"&gt;            &lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;          Now we are ready to apply the displacement map. To prevent aliasing in high           contrast edges, we will scale the layer up first. You           can skip the scaling steps or use smaller values if you are going to scale down           the final image anyway.&lt;br /&gt;          The displacement map will stretch or shrink to fit a selection. To get the right           perspective, the horizon of the displacement map should approximately coincide           with the horizon of the scene. Here, we can just select the content of the           reflection layer to get the right alignment.&lt;br /&gt;          Only a little displacement is enough to make the water look liquid. The right amount of           displacement depends on the size of the image and height of the waves.&lt;/p&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;       &lt;/tr&gt;       &lt;tr valign="top"&gt;          &lt;td&gt;           &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Use &lt;strong&gt;Transform&lt;/strong&gt; to scale the reflection layer to 400% in             both directions.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Ctrl-click / Command-click on the reflection layer thumbnail to make the             selection.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;strong&gt;Filter &gt; Distort &gt; Displace...&lt;/strong&gt; Enter the             amount of displacement. The horizontal           scale value should be about 50% of the vertical scale. Also select "Stretch To Fit" and "Repeat Edge             Pixels". Click OK.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Find the displacement map on your computer and click "open" to apply             it.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Deselect and use &lt;strong&gt;Transform&lt;/strong&gt; to scale back to 25%.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td&gt;&lt;img src="http://photoshopcontest.com/images/tutorials/26/11.jpg" height="240" width="322" /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;       &lt;/tr&gt;        &lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td colspan="2"&gt;             &lt;p align="justify"&gt;Now it really looks like water. Notice that the layer                mask is also distorted because it is linked to the layer. This causes                the reflectivity to change with the angle of the surface.&lt;/p&gt;             &lt;p align="justify"&gt;We will make some final adjustments to complete the image.&lt;/p&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;       &lt;/tr&gt;       &lt;tr valign="top"&gt;         &lt;td&gt;            &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Select the layer mask, go to &lt;strong&gt;Levels&lt;/strong&gt; and change the white             output level to about 240 to make the surface slightly transparent near the horizon.&lt;br /&gt;            If needed, use the other sliders to further adjust the reflectivity.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Finally, cut away the edges of the image if the repeated edge pixels are             noticeable.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td&gt;           &lt;img src="http://photoshopcontest.com/images/tutorials/26/12.jpg" height="135" width="322" /&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;       &lt;/tr&gt;       &lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td colspan="2"&gt;          &lt;br /&gt;&lt;center&gt;&lt;img src="http://photoshopcontest.com/images/tutorials/26/13.jpg" height="412" width="550" /&gt;&lt;/center&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8463986523746430165-2970810226492347023?l=samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/feeds/2970810226492347023/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/displacement-water.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/2970810226492347023'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/2970810226492347023'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/displacement-water.html' title='Displacement Water'/><author><name>Samuel</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00753985073471833813</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='28' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-5czIG5sgr2U/T4tG4OrAeMI/AAAAAAAAAVY/B7lEHgzUrs0/s220/for%2Btweet.JPG'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8463986523746430165.post-4680489745635276039</id><published>2009-09-18T09:02:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-09-18T09:03:07.260-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Adobe Photoshop'/><title type='text'>Soft Glow Effects</title><content type='html'>&lt;div class="tut-img"&gt;&lt;img src="http://kailoon.com/content_image/photo-edit-4/5.gif" class="border" /&gt; &lt;/div&gt; &lt;p&gt;This will be a short and simple tutorial for photo edit. I try this during my lunch time yesterday and find it is quite interesting. So, I wish to share with you guys too. This is best for those who like photo with glow effect or a little fantasy effects. Well, check this out.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span id="more-54"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 1&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Open the image, if you wish to use mine then &lt;a href="http://kailoon.com/photo-edit-soft-glow-effects/content_image/photo-edit-4/1.gif" target="_blank"&gt;download here&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;strong&gt;CTRL + J to duplicate&lt;/strong&gt; the image and rename as &lt;strong&gt;glow&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;div class="tut-img"&gt;&lt;img src="http://kailoon.com/content_image/photo-edit-4/1.gif" class="border" /&gt; &lt;/div&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 2&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Go to &lt;strong&gt;Filter &gt; Blur &gt; Gaussian Blur &gt; 3px&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;strong&gt;Press “D”&lt;/strong&gt; to reset the color mode to default (black foreground and white background). Go to &lt;strong&gt;Filter &gt; Distort &gt; Diffuse Glow&lt;/strong&gt; and set the &lt;strong&gt;Glow and Clear amount to 18&lt;/strong&gt;. Graininess to 0. Set the layer &lt;strong&gt;opacity to 60%&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;div class="tut-img"&gt;&lt;img src="http://kailoon.com/content_image/photo-edit-4/2.gif" class="border" /&gt; &lt;/div&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 3&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;CTRL + E&lt;/strong&gt; to merge both layers. Go to &lt;strong&gt;Filter &gt; Sharpen &gt; Unsharp Mask&lt;/strong&gt;. Set as below. &lt;strong&gt;Repeat 2-3 times&lt;/strong&gt; to get the best effect by pressing &lt;strong&gt;CTRL + F&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;div class="tut-img"&gt;&lt;img src="http://kailoon.com/content_image/photo-edit-4/3.gif" class="border" /&gt; &lt;/div&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 4&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Create a new layer&lt;/strong&gt; and rename as &lt;strong&gt;light&lt;/strong&gt;. Grab the &lt;strong&gt;Polygonal Lasso Tool&lt;/strong&gt; and make a selection as below. With&lt;strong&gt; Radial Gradient&lt;/strong&gt; set &lt;strong&gt;foreground color to white&lt;/strong&gt;. Drag it from top to bottom as shown. Go to &lt;strong&gt;Filter &gt; Blur &gt; Gaussian Blur &gt; 60&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;div class="tut-img"&gt;&lt;img src="http://kailoon.com/content_image/photo-edit-4/4.gif" class="border" /&gt; &lt;/div&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 5&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Reduce the layer &lt;strong&gt;opacity to 50%&lt;/strong&gt;. Well, it is done! Hope you enjoy this. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;div class="tut-img"&gt;&lt;img src="http://kailoon.com/content_image/photo-edit-4/8.gif" class="border" /&gt; &lt;/div&gt; &lt;p&gt;Here is another example: &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="tut-img"&gt;&lt;img src="http://kailoon.com/content_image/photo-edit-4/9.gif" class="border" /&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8463986523746430165-4680489745635276039?l=samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/feeds/4680489745635276039/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/soft-glow-effects.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/4680489745635276039'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8463986523746430165/posts/default/4680489745635276039'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://samymaxtutorials.blogspot.com/2009/09/soft-glow-effects.html' title='Soft Glow Effects'/><author><name>Samuel</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00753985073471833813</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='28' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-5czIG5sgr2U/T4tG4OrAeMI/AAAAAAAAAVY/B7lEHgzUrs0/s220/for%2Btweet.JPG'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry></feed>
